Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / United Natural Foods

United Natural Foods

unfi · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker unfi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · United Natural Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended July 30, 2022
or
☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
         For the transition period from             to            

Commission File Number: 001-15723

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

05-0376157
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

313 Iron Horse Way, Providence, RI 02908
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (401) 528-8634

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common stock, par value $0.01

Trading Symbol

UNFI

Name of each exchange on which registered

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☒  
☐  

Accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial 
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,173 million based upon the closing price of the registrant’s 
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on January 28, 2022. The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as 
of September 22, 2022 was 58,312,317. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 10, 2023 are incorporated herein by reference into 
Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Section
Part I
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities
Reserved

Item 6.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

Page

1
10
22
23
25
25

25

27
27
47
49
103
103
103
104

105
105

105
105
105

106
109
110

 
 Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

PART I.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report” or “Report”), unless otherwise specified, references to “United Natural 
Foods”,  “UNFI”,  “we”,  “us”,  “our”  or  the  “Company”  mean  United  Natural  Foods,  Inc.  together  with  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries. We are a Delaware corporation based in Providence, Rhode Island and Eden Prairie, Minnesota. We conduct our 
business  through  various  subsidiaries.  Since  the  formation  of  our  predecessor  in  1976,  we  have  grown  our  business  both 
organically and through acquisitions, which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base.

Our Background

UNFI is a leading distributor of grocery and non-food products, and support services provider to retailers in the United States 
and  Canada.  We  believe  we  are  uniquely  positioned  to  provide  the  broadest  array  of  products  and  services  to  customers 
throughout North America. Our diversified customer base includes over 30,000 customer locations ranging from some of the 
largest grocers in the country to smaller independents as well. We offer approximately 260,000 products consisting of national, 
regional and private label brands grouped into six product categories: grocery and general merchandise; produce; perishables 
and  frozen  foods;  nutritional  supplements  and  sports  nutrition;  bulk  and  foodservice  products;  and  personal  care  items.  We 
believe we are North America’s premier wholesaler with 56 distribution centers and warehouses representing approximately 30 
million  square  feet  of  warehouse  space.  We  are  a  coast-to-coast  distributor  with  customers  in  all  50  states  as  well  as  all  ten 
provinces  in  Canada,  making  us  a  desirable  partner  for  retailers  and  consumer  product  manufacturers.  We  believe  our  total 
product  assortment  and  service  offerings  are  unmatched  by  our  wholesale  competitors.  We  plan  to  continue  to  pursue  new 
business  opportunities  with  independent  retailers  that  operate  diverse  formats,  regional  and  national  chains,  as  well  as 
international customers with wide-ranging needs. Our business is classified into two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail; 
and also includes a manufacturing division and a branded product line division. 

Our Strategic Priorities

We are committed to executing our Fuel the Future strategy. Through this strategy, UNFI is building a food ecosystem that is 
better for all by delivering great food, more choices and fresh thinking for our customers and suppliers. Our Fuel the Future 
strategy consists of six pillars: Fulfill Power in Scale, Unlock the Customer Experience, Taste the Future, UNFI Pride, Retail 
Optimized, and Earn Results. We are executing our strategy through four focus areas: 

1) Customers: Utilizing our scale, insights and innovative offerings to develop a differentiated value proposition that helps 

our customers grow and gain share.

2) Suppliers:  Strengthening  our  capabilities,  especially  those  driven  by  technology,  to  deliver  value  creating  programs  to 

our suppliers.

3) Associates: Building a culture that inspires pride and enables associates to do their best work.
4) Communities: Supporting our communities and the planet through our wide-ranging and ambitious environment, social 

and governance (ESG) initiatives.

We believe that we have been able to broaden our geographic penetration, expand our customer base, enhance and diversify our 
product selections, increase our market share, increase operating efficiencies in existing facilities and open new facilities in part 
through our 2018 acquisition of SUPERVALU INC. (“Supervalu”).

Our Commitment to Social and Environmental Responsibility

We Believe in Better for All

We  are  committed  to  being  good  stewards  of  our  planet,  our  communities  and  our  people  through  tangible  action.  In  fiscal 
2022, we published our 11th annual environmental, social and governance report, which we refer to as our Better For All report 
and the first update to our Better for All plan, which seeks to build a food system that is better for our people, our communities 
and our world. The report is available on our website at www.betterforall.unfi.com and expands the six impact focus areas to 
provide a more in-depth look at the direct and indirect impacts at multiple points along the value chain. Our key focus areas 
include  Diversity  &  Inclusion,  Responsible  Procurement,  Community  Development,  Governance,  Associate  Safety  &  Well-
Being, Climate Action, Waste Reduction, Customer Health & Safety, and Energy Efficiency. Our Better for All Report and the 
contents of our Better For All webpage are not incorporated by reference into or considered to be part of this Annual Report.

1

 Table of Contents

Better for Our World

We continue to focus on reducing our environmental impact, conserving natural resources and promoting sustainability across 
our value chain and in our operations. We invest in the efficiency of our transportation fleet and warehouses, generate on-site 
solar power for operations use and focus on diverting waste from landfills. In fiscal 2022, we announced a new set of climate 
targets covering Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, which have been validated by the Science Based Targets initiative. To help address 
value chain emissions, we created the UNFI Climate Action Hub, which provides tools and resources to our suppliers to help 
innovate and scale climate solutions across the food system.

Better for Our Communities

We believe that freedom of food choice matters and we play a vital role in delivering safe, quality and nutritious food options to 
more tables across North America. We are working to increase access to better food, particularly for people in low-income and 
rural communities or vulnerable situations, through monetary and in-kind donations and operating retail stores in underserved 
areas. The UNFI Foundation, a 501(c)(3) organization, provides grants to nonprofit organizations working to build better food 
systems  and  nurture  everyday  health.  In  fiscal  2022,  the  UNFI  Foundation  announced  the  UNFI  Food  Equity  Project,  which 
aims  to  invest  in  community-led  solutions  that  create  more  equitable  access  to  fresh,  healthy  food.  We  also  encourage  our 
associates to make a difference by volunteering in their communities, including through paid volunteer time off.

Better for Our People

The safety and wellbeing of our associates is a top priority. We are focused on fostering a culture of caring and safety; we are 
continuously striving toward zero injuries and accidents. We are also working to advance diversity, equity and inclusion in our 
workplace by creating and maintaining a culture of inclusion and empathy through open dialogue, effective associate training, 
and  by  honoring  holidays  and  special  events  that  speak  to  our  associates’  identities.  In  fiscal  2021,  we  launched  a  new 
“Missions” platform to promote awareness of our Better for All goals and engage associates in issues that matter to them and to 
UNFI as a whole.

Social and environmental responsibility remains integral to our overall business strategy, and we believe these practices deliver 
significant value to our stakeholders, including our stockholders, associates, customers, suppliers and communities.

Our Customers

We  maintain  long-standing  relationships  with  many  of  our  customers.  We  serve  over  30,000  unique  customer  locations, 
primarily  located  across  the  United  States  and  Canada,  which  we  classify  into  five  customer  types:  Chains;  Independent 
retailers; Supernatural; Retail; and Other. Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for 
additional information.

We  have  been  the  primary  distributor  to  Whole  Foods  Market  for  more  than  20  years.  We  continue  to  serve  as  the  primary 
distributor to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions in the United States pursuant to an amended distribution agreement with 
a term through September 27, 2027. Whole Foods Market is our only customer that represented more than 10% of total Net 
sales in fiscal 2022.

Our international Net sales primarily reflect UNFI Canada, Inc. (“UNFI Canada”), which represented approximately 1% of our 
Net sales in fiscal 2022. International business excludes sales transacted in U.S. dollars and shipped internationally, which is an 
even smaller component of our business.

We also continue to invest in technology and systems with the intent of improving the efficiency of our operations, enhancing 
the customer experience and growing our services platform, including our eCommerce and innovation businesses. This includes 
sales to eCommerce companies as well as business-to-business sales to non-traditional customers. In fiscal 2021, we launched 
Community Marketplace by UNFI, a business-to-business digital eCommerce solution for emerging brands looking to expand 
distribution  with  UNFI  customers.  Through  this  virtual  marketplace,  suppliers  gain  immediate  access  to  UNFI’s  digital 
infrastructure to promote and sell their products to UNFI’s broad customer base while UNFI customers gain access to an even 
broader assortment of unique and local items with flexible order sizes and the convenience of ordering from multiple sources 
online in one place.

2

 Table of Contents

Wholesale

We organize and operate our Wholesale reportable segment through four U.S. geographic regions: Atlantic; South; Central and 
Pacific,  each  of  which  is  led  by  a  separate  regional  president  responsible  for  product  and  service  strategy,  execution  and 
financial results; and Canada Wholesale, which is operated separately from the U.S. Wholesale business. Product and service 
categories include grocery, fresh, wellness, private brands, eCommerce, foodservice and multi-cultural. This operating structure 
includes regional sales organizations and distribution center networks, which offer a combination of conventional and natural 
products  to  our  customers  as  a  consolidated  supply  solution.  Territory  managers  in  these  regions  sell  our  complete  lines  of 
products, which allows us to anticipate and identify sales opportunities that result from our customers having a single point of 
contact for all of our products and services.

Operations

We have established a national network of strategically located distribution centers utilizing a multi-tiered logistics system. The 
network includes facilities that carry slow turn or fast turn groceries, perishables, general merchandise and home, health and 
beauty  care  products.  For  financial  reporting  purposes,  sales  from  our  distribution  centers  to  our  own  Retail  stores  are 
eliminated from of our Wholesale segment within Eliminations.

We offer Wholesale customers a wide variety of food and non-food products, and our own lines of private label products. We 
also offer a broad array of professional services. As a logistics provider, efficiency is an important customer service measure. 
We optimize our facilities to implement leading warehouse technology, ranging from radio-frequency devices guiding selectors 
to mechanized facilities with completely automated order selection for dry groceries that help us deliver aisle-ready pallets to 
Wholesale customers. Deployment of continuous improvement methodologies within our supply chain is focused on delivering 
labor and cost efficiencies while also improving our ability to more effectively service our customers.

To maintain our market position and improve our operating efficiencies, we seek to continually:

•
•
•
•

•
•
•

expand our marketing and customer service programs across regions;
expand our national purchasing opportunities;
offer a broader product and value add service selection than our competitors;
offer operational excellence with high service levels and a higher percentage of on-time deliveries and fill rates than 
our competitors;
centralize and streamline general and administrative functions to reduce expenses;
consolidate systems applications among physical locations and regions; and
invest in our people, facilities, equipment and technology.

Procurement

We  maintain  contracts  with  suppliers  to  procure  their  products.  Our  procurement  process  includes  assessments  of  demand 
planning, pricing, seasonality and other factors. Inventory costs are determined when products are procured, and include vendor 
funds received and inbound freight, among other items. The gross margins we earn on sales to our customers are typically based 
on a percentage mark-up, or fee, on top of vendor listed base cost, which vary by customer, product type, vendor size, volume 
throughput, transportation methods and distances, among other factors. Net sales to customers are determined at the time of sale 
based on the then prevailing vendor listed base cost, and include discounts we offer to our customers. The differential between 
the procured cost, including vendor funds and inbound freight, as compared to the net sales price of these products, generates 
our gross margin.

Acquisitions

A  key  component  of  our  historical  growth  has  been  to  acquire  distribution  companies  differentiated  by  product  offerings, 
service offerings and market area. We believe the expanded product and service offerings from these acquisitions has enhanced 
and  will  continue  to  support  our  ability  to  acquire  new  customers  and  present  opportunities  for  cross-selling  complementary 
product  lines.  The  Company  expects  to  selectively  and  strategically  engage  in  acquisitions  to  enhance  our  capabilities  and 
geographic  footprint.  Since  our  strategic  $2.3  billion  acquisition  of  conventional  distributor,  Supervalu,  the  Company  has 
prioritized the integration of Supervalu and debt reduction and has not undertaken any additional material acquisitions. As our 
financial leverage has decreased following the Supervalu acquisition and to the extent it remains near our target levels, we may 
consider strategic acquisitions.

3

 Table of Contents

Retail

Our Retail segment includes 73 Cub Foods and Shoppers retail grocery stores. Our retail stores provide an extensive grocery 
offering and, depending on size, a variety of additional products, including general merchandise, home, health and beauty care, 
and  pharmacy.  We  offer  national  and  local  brands,  as  well  as  our  own  private  label  products.  A  typical  retail  store  carries 
approximately 
from 
approximately 50,000 to 70,000 square feet. We believe our retail banners have strong local and regional brand recognition in 
the markets in which they operate. Our Retail operations are principally supplied by five of our Wholesale distribution centers. 

stock-keeping 

(“SKUs”) 

21,000 

17,000 

ranges 

units 

core 

size 

and 

in 

to 

Our Product Offerings

Our  extensive  selection  of  products  includes  natural,  organic,  specialty,  produce,  and  conventional  grocery,  and  non-food 
products.  We  offer  nationally  recognized  brand  name  and  private  label  products,  including  grocery  (both  perishable  and 
nonperishable),  general  merchandise,  home,  health  and  beauty  care,  and  pharmacy,  which  are  sold  through  our  Wholesale 
segment to wholesale customers and our Retail stores. We offer six main product categories: grocery and general merchandise; 
produce;  perishables  and  frozen  foods;  nutritional  supplements  and  sports  nutrition;  bulk  and  foodservice  products;  and 
personal care items.

Our  owned  brands  portfolio  is  a  collection  of  brands  that  offer  high  quality  solutions  for  private  label  to  our  customers. 
ESSENTIAL EVERYDAY® is our leading national brand equivalent private label solution with 2,500+ items for departments 
throughout  the  store.  It  is  complemented  by  SHOPPERS  VALUE®,  which  offers  the  budget  conscious  consumer  quality 
alternatives to national brands. Our WILD HARVEST® brand offers a full range of products made with simple, wholesome 
ingredients  across  multiple  categories,  including  pet  foods.  Our  Field  Day®  brand  is  primarily  sold  to  natural  store  /  co-op 
retailers as a private label solution. Our category-specific brands, EQUALINE®, CULINARY CIRCLE®, ARCTIC SHORES 
SEAFOOD  COMPANY®,  STONE  RIDGE  CREAMERY®  and  SUPER  CHILL®,  also  provide  national  brand  equivalent 
products at a competitive price.

Our Blue Marble Brands portfolio is a collection of national brands that offer USDA organic, non-GMO Project Verified, and 
specialty food and non-food items. The WOODSTOCK® brand has been pioneering organic/non-GMO products for over 35 
years  and  continues  to  launch  innovative  products.  TUMARO’S  is  our  better  for  you  wrap  brand.  MT.VIKOS®,  KOYO®, 
ASIAN GOURMET®, MEDITERRANEAN ORGANIC®, and NATURAL SEA® are all niche specialty brands ranging from 
imported Greek feta cheese to organic Ramen.

Our  subsidiary  doing  business  as  Woodstock  Farms  Manufacturing  specializes  in  importing,  roasting,  packaging  and 
distributing nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and confections for our customers and 
in  the  Company’s  branded  products.  Woodstock  Farms  Manufacturing  sells  items  manufactured  in  bulk  and  through  private 
label packaging arrangements with large health food, supermarket and convenience store chains and independent retailers.

We operate an organic (United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and Quality Assurance International (“QAI”)) and 
kosher (Circle K) certified packaging, roasting, and processing facility in New Jersey that is SQF (Safety Quality Food) level 2 
certified.

Our Service Offerings

We  offer  a  broad  array  of  professional  services  that  provide  Wholesale  customers  with  cost-effective  and  scalable  solutions. 
These services include pass-through programs in which vendors provide services directly to our Wholesale customers, as well 
as services and solutions we develop and provide directly. Our services include retail store support, pricing strategy, shelf and 
planogram  management,  advertising,  couponing,  eCommerce,  consumer  convenience  services,  store  design,  equipment 
sourcing, electronic payments processing, network and data hosting solutions, point-of-sale hardware and software, automation 
tools,  sustainability  services  and  administrative  back-office  solutions.  The  sales  and  operating  results  for  these  services  are 
included within Wholesale.

4

 Table of Contents

Our Marketing Services

We offer a variety of marketing services designed to increase sales for our customers and suppliers, including consumer and 
trade  marketing  programs,  as  well  as  programs  to  support  suppliers  in  understanding  our  markets.  Trade  and  consumer 
marketing  programs  are  supplier-sponsored  programs  that  cater  to  a  broad  range  of  retail  formats.  All  of  our  programs  and 
services are designed to educate consumers, profile suppliers and increase sales for retailers, many of which do not have the 
resources  necessary  to  conduct  such  marketing  programs  independently.  Our  goal  is  to  provide  support  to  ensure  long-term 
success. Set forth below are the services offered by each of these programs:

Retail Marketing Programs

• We offer circular programs to our customers and vendors, and also provide retailers with a physical flyer and shelf tags 
corresponding to each month’s promotions. We also offer a web-based tool, which retailers can use to produce highly 
customized circulars and other marketing materials for their stores called the Customized Marketing Program.

• Web and digital marketing services including websites, mobile applications and eCommerce capabilities.
• Trailer wrap program allows our suppliers to purchase advertising space on the sides of our hundreds of trailers traveling 

throughout the United States and Canada, increasing exposure to end consumers.

We  continually  seek  customer  and  supplier  feedback  to  ascertain  their  needs  and  allow  us  to  better  service  them.  We  also 
provide our customers with:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

trends reports in the natural and organic industry:
product data information such as best seller lists, store usage reports and catalogs;
assistance with store layout designs, new store design and equipment procurement;
planogramming, shelf and category management support;
in-store signage and promotional materials, and assistance with product display planning and set up;
shelf tags for products; and
a robust retailer portal with product information, search and ordering capabilities, reports and publications.

Trade Marketing Programs

• New item introduction programs showcase a supplier’s new items to retailers through trials and discounts.
• myUNFI Customer allows our suppliers to advertise directly to retailers using the portal that many retailers use to order 

product and/or gather product information.

• Monthly specials catalogs that highlight promotions and new product introductions.
• Customized  email  marketing  campaigns  to  share  supplier  product  information  or  promotion  directly  to  our  Wholesale 

customers’ inbox.

• Specialized catalogs for holiday and seasonal products.

Supplier Marketing Programs

• Efficient  Supplier  Agreement  is  a  customized  supplier  relationship  program  designed  to  address  key  needs  of  a  select 

group of suppliers.

• ClearVue®, an information sharing program offered to a select group of suppliers designed to improve the transparency 
of information and drive efficiency within the supply chain. With the availability of in-depth data and tailored reporting 
tools, participants are able to reduce inventory balances while improving service levels.

• Supply Chain by ClearVue®, an information sharing program designed to provide heightened transparency to suppliers 
through  demand  planning,  forecasting  and  procurement  insights.  This  program  offers  weekly  and  monthly  reporting, 
enabling suppliers to identify areas of sales growth while pinpointing specific opportunities for achieving greater profits.
• Supplier-In-Site  (SIS),  an  information-sharing  website  that  helps  our  suppliers  better  understand  our  Wholesale 

customers in order to generate mutually beneficial incremental sales in an efficient manner.

• Growth  incentive  programs,  supplier-focused  high-level  sales  and  marketing  support  for  selected  brands,  which  foster 

our partnership by building incremental, mutually profitable sales for suppliers and us.

• Various marketing vehicles are offered that support the needs of our diverse customer base, while providing suppliers a 

cost-effective means to market and promote their products.

5

 Table of Contents

Organic Certification

Our  “Certified  Organic  Distributor”  certification  covers  25  of  our  distribution  centers  in  the  United  States.  Although  not 
designated as a “Certified Organic Distributor” by QAI, two of our California locations are certified as Organic by the State of 
California Department of Public Health Food and Drug Branch, and another California location is currently registered with the 
California  Department  of  Food  and  Agriculture  Organic  Program  as  an  organic  handler.  In  addition,  our  four  Canadian 
distribution centers in British Columbia and Ontario each hold an organic distributor certification from either QAI or ProCert 
Canada.

We  maintain  a  comprehensive  quality  assurance  program.  All  of  the  products  we  sell  that  are  represented  as  “organic”  are 
required  to  be  certified  as  such  by  an  independent  third-party  agency.  We  maintain  current  certification  affidavits  on  most 
organic commodities and produce in order to verify the authenticity of the product. Most potential suppliers of organic products 
are required to provide such third-party certifications to us before they are approved as suppliers.

Our Suppliers

We  purchase  our  products  from  nearly  12,000  suppliers.  The  majority  of  our  suppliers  are  based  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada,  but  we  also  source  products  from  suppliers  throughout  Europe,  Asia,  North  America,  South  America,  Australia  and 
New Zealand. We believe suppliers seek to distribute their products through us because we provide access to a large customer 
base  across  the  United  States  and  Canada,  distribute  the  majority  of  the  suppliers’  products  and  offer  a  wide  variety  of 
marketing programs to our customers to help sell our suppliers’ products. Substantially all product categories that we distribute 
are  available  from  a  number  of  suppliers  and,  therefore,  we  are  not  dependent  on  any  single  supply  source  for  any  product 
category. In addition, although we have exclusive distribution arrangements and support programs with several suppliers, none 
of our suppliers accounted for more than 5% of our total purchases in fiscal 2022. 

We have positioned ourselves as one of the largest purchasers of organically grown bulk products in the natural and organic 
products industry by centralizing our purchase of nuts, seeds, grains, flours and dried foods. As a result, we are able to negotiate 
purchases  from  suppliers  on  the  basis  of  volume  and  other  considerations  that  may  include  discounted  pricing  or  prompt 
payment discounts. Furthermore, some of our purchase arrangements include the right of return to the supplier with respect to 
products that we do not sell in a specified period of time. Each region is responsible for placing its own orders and can select 
the products that it believes will most appeal to its customers, although each region is able to participate in our company-wide 
purchasing programs. 

Our Distribution Systems

We select the sites for our distribution centers to provide direct access to the markets we serve and configure them to minimize 
total operating costs. This proximity allows us to reduce our transportation costs relative to those of our competitors that seek to 
service these customers from locations that are often further away. We believe that we incur lower inbound freight expense than 
our regional competitors because our scale allows us to buy full and partial truckloads of products. Products are delivered to our 
distribution  centers  primarily  by  our  fleet  of  leased  and  owned  trucks,  contract  carriers  and  the  suppliers  themselves.  When 
financially advantageous, we pick up products from suppliers or satellite staging facilities and return them to our distribution 
centers using our own trucks. Additionally, the scale of our distribution network provides us with the flexibility to shift volume 
amongst distribution centers in the case of volume spikes, unique customer needs, temporary inbound fill rate challenges and 
weather-related events as well as the capacity to support future sales growth.

The  majority  of  our  trucks  are  leased  and  are  maintained  by  third-party  national  leasing  companies,  which  in  some  cases 
maintain facilities on our premises for the maintenance and service of these vehicles. We also have facilities where we operate 
our own maintenance shops.

We  ship  certain  orders  for  supplements  or  for  items  that  are  destined  for  areas  outside  of  regular  delivery  routes  through 
independent  carriers.  Deliveries  to  areas  outside  the  continental  United  States  and  Canada  are  typically  shipped  by  freight-
forwarders through ocean-going containers.

6

 Table of Contents

Our Focus on Technology

We  have  made  significant  investments  in  distribution,  financial,  information  and  warehouse  management  systems.  We 
continually evaluate and upgrade our systems to enhance efficiency, cost-effectiveness and responsiveness to customer needs. 
These  systems  include  functionality  in  radio  frequency  inventory  control,  pick-to-voice  systems,  pick-to-light  systems, 
computer-assisted order processing and slot locator/retrieval assignment systems. At most of our receiving docks, warehouse 
associates  attach  computer-generated,  preprinted  locator  tags  to  inbound  products.  These  tags  contain  the  expiration  date, 
locations, quantity, lot number and other information about the products in bar code format. Customer returns are processed by 
scanning  the  UPC  bar  codes.  We  also  employ  a  management  information  system  that  enables  us  to  lower  inbound 
transportation  costs  by  making  optimum  use  of  our  own  fleet  of  trucks  and/or  by  consolidating  deliveries  to  achieve  full 
truckloads. Orders from multiple suppliers and multiple distribution centers are consolidated into single truckloads for efficient 
use  of  available  capacity.  In  addition,  route  efficiency  software  assists  us  in  developing  the  most  efficient  routes  for  our 
outbound trucks. As part of our “one company” approach, we have implemented a national planning and procurement system 
and  are  in  the  process  of  converting  to  a  national  warehouse  management  platform  across  the  organization.  We  continue  to 
focus on the automation of certain of our distribution centers that are at different development stages. These steps and others are 
intended to promote operational efficiencies and reduce operating expenses as a percentage of net sales. 

Competition

Our Wholesale and Retail businesses operate in a highly competitive industry, which is characterized by low profit margins. 
Our food distribution business competes with many traditional and specialty grocery wholesalers and retailers that maintain or 
develop  self-distribution  systems  for  the  business  of  independent  grocery  retailers.  We  also  increasingly  compete  with  deep 
discount retailers, limited assortment stores and wholesale membership clubs. The primary competitive factors in the Wholesale 
business  include  price,  service  level,  product  quality,  variety,  availability  and  other  value-added  services.  In  recent  years 
consolidation  within  the  grocery  industry  has  resulted  in,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  result  in,  increased  competition, 
including from some competitors that have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do.

Independent retailers and smaller Chain customers represent a significant portion of our business and face intense competition 
from supercenters, deep discounters, mass merchandisers and rapidly growing alternative retail channels, such as dollar stores, 
discount supermarket chains, Internet-based retailers and meal-delivery services.

Our  retail  banners  compete  with  traditional  grocery  stores,  supercenters,  deep  discounters,  mass  merchandisers,  limited 
assortment stores and eCommerce providers. The principal competitive factors in grocery retail include the location and image 
of  the  store;  the  price,  quality,  and  variety  of  the  fresh  offering;  and  the  quality,  convenience,  and  consistency  of  service. 
Competitive strategies vary based on many factors, such as the competitor’s format, strengths, weaknesses, pricing, and sales 
focus. Our retail stores have continued to respond to growing competition from online and non-traditional retailers by adding 
options and services such as online ordering, curbside pick-up and home delivery.

Government Regulation

Our  operations  and  many  of  the  products  that  we  distribute  in  the  United  States  are  subject  to  regulation  by  state  and  local 
health  departments,  the  USDA  and  the  United  States  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (the  “FDA”),  which  generally  impose 
standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of bioterrorism legislation. In the United 
States, our facilities generally are inspected at least once annually by state or federal authorities. For certain product lines, we 
are  also  subject  to  the  Federal  Meat  Inspection  Act,  the  Poultry  Products  Inspection  Act,  the  Perishable  Agricultural 
Commodities Act, the Packers and Stockyard Act and regulations promulgated by the USDA to interpret and implement these 
statutory  provisions.  The  USDA  imposes  standards  for  product  safety,  quality  and  sanitation  through  the  federal  meat  and 
poultry inspection program.

The FDA Food Safety Modernization Act in the United States and the Safe Foods for Canadians Act in Canada have expanded 
food  safety  requirements  across  the  food  supply  chain  and,  among  other  things,  impose  additional  regulations  focused  on 
prevention  of  food  contamination,  more  frequent  inspection  of  high-risk  facilities,  increased  record-keeping,  and  improved 
tracing of food. Products that do not meet regulatory standards and/or comply with these regulations may be considered to be 
adulterated and/or misbranded and subject to recall.

The  Surface  Transportation  Board  and  the  Federal  Highway  Administration  regulate  our  trucking  operations.  In  addition, 
interstate  motor  carrier  operations  are  subject  to  safety  requirements  prescribed  by  the  United  States  Department  of 
Transportation  and  other  relevant  federal  and  state  agencies.  Such  matters  as  weight  and  dimension  of  equipment  are  also 
subject to federal and state regulations.

7

 Table of Contents

Our facilities are subject to regulations issued pursuant to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act by the U.S. Department 
of  Labor  and  similar  regulations  by  state  agencies.  These  regulations  require  us  to  comply  with  certain  health  and  safety 
standards to protect our employees from recognized hazards. We are also subject to the National Labor Relations Act, which 
provides  employees  the  right  to  organize  and  bargain  collectively  with  their  employer  and  to  engage  in  other  protected 
concerted activity.

Our  facilities  in  the  United  States  and  in  Canada  are  subject  to  various  environmental  protection  statutes  and  regulations, 
including  those  relating  to  the  use  of  water  resources  and  the  discharge  of  wastewater.  Further,  many  of  our  distribution 
facilities have ammonia-based refrigeration systems and tanks for the storage of diesel fuel, hydrogen fuel and other petroleum 
products which are subject to laws regulating such systems and storage tanks. Moreover, in some of our facilities we, or third 
parties  with  whom  we  contract,  perform  vehicle  maintenance.  Our  policy  is  to  comply  with  all  applicable  federal,  state, 
provincial and local provisions relating to the protection of the environment or the discharge of materials. 

Our international business operations are subject to various laws and regulations regarding the import and export of products 
and preventing corruption and bribery (including the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act). We have implemented and continue to 
develop import/export and anti-corruption compliance programs and processes to comply with applicable laws and regulations 
governing our international business activities.

Human Capital Management

Our employees are critical to supporting our values and achieving our strategic vision. Through our UNFI Pride strategic pillar, 
we  are  striving  to  be  an  employer  of  choice.  We  are  focused  on  associate  engagement,  empowerment  and  safety  to  foster 
innovation and bring best-in-class solutions to our customers and suppliers in an ever-changing retail landscape, including new 
ways  of  work  scheduling  and  productivity  investments.  In  fiscal  2021,  we  created  Compensation  Committee  oversight  for 
human capital management matters with a focus on associate wellbeing across a variety of measures. 

As of July 30, 2022, we had approximately 30,300 full and part-time employees within continuing operations, 10,900 of whom 
(approximately 36%) are covered by 48 collective bargaining agreements, including agreements under renegotiation. We have 
in the past been the focus of union-organizing efforts, and we believe it is likely that we will be the focus of similar efforts in 
the future.

Developing Talent

Attracting  and  retaining  talent  is  one  of  our  top  priorities.  Our  goal  is  to  differentiate  ourselves  in  the  market  by  offering 
unprecedented flexibility to associates in the way, when and how they work. To reduce turnover, we have an emphasized focus 
on  and  commitment  to  our  associates,  their  experiences  as  well  as  their  continued  engagement.  We  are  committed  to  the 
continued support and development of our associates and provide access to robust leadership development programming, role-
based training and other career development opportunities at every stage of an associate’s tenure with us. Designed to enhance 
the leadership capabilities of our people, the Emerge program for front-line leaders and the Evolve program for our mid-level 
managers invite participants from all departments to come together to learn and practice their management skills and identify 
opportunities to lead more effectively. The Elevate program for Director-level and above associates, as well as the Operations 
Leadership Academy for leaders in our distribution centers, work to solidify our talent pipeline and promote the success of the 
organization’s  future  leaders.  Key  groups,  such  as  Sales  and  Risk  &  Safety,  develop  role-based  training  to  drive  greater 
productivity  and  safety.  We  also  offer  associates  additional  learning  and  career  development  opportunities  that  extend  from 
skills-based  training  deployed  electronically  through  our  BetterU  learning  system,  to  mentorship  programs  and  career 
development discussions and beyond.

8

 Table of Contents

Compensation and Benefits

Our compensation and benefits programs are designed to promote a culture of wellbeing and recognize our associates for their 
outstanding achievements and dedication to serving our customers and keeping them safe during even the most challenging of 
times. We are committed to offering market competitive pay programs that reward high levels of performance and behaviors 
that challenge convention and drive company success. Our short-term incentive programs are tied to the Company’s financial 
goals  and  are  intended  to  align  our  eligible  associates’  rewards  with  our  financial  success.  Long-term  incentives,  including 
restricted stock units and performance stock unit awards, are designed to attract and retain innovative leaders and align their 
financial interests with that of our shareholders and other stakeholders. As part of our commitment to recognize our associates’ 
“whole self” – health, finances and overall wellbeing – we offer a comprehensive health and welfare benefit program to eligible 
associates providing a variety of medical, dental and vision options plus additional voluntary benefits like long-term disability 
and optional life insurance. Additionally, we provide to eligible associates a leading edge, no-cost wellness program, paid time 
off programs including paid parental leave, an employee assistance program, 401(k) plan, a back-up childcare program, and a 
recently enhanced education assistance program.

Diversity and Inclusion

We  pledge  to  promote  equity,  celebrate  diversity,  dismantle  systemic  racism  and  support  justice  and  inclusion  for  all.  Our 
Board of Directors is diverse in gender and ethnic background, as well as having a broad range of experience, with four out of 
11 directors identifying as female, two members identifying as African American, one member identifying as Asian American 
and  one  member  identifying  as  LGBTQ+.  We  recognize  that  innovation  thrives  when  there  is  unity  and  respect  for  diverse 
backgrounds  and  perspectives.  Additionally,  we  aim  to  foster  a  culture  of  belonging,  equity  and  empathy  through  open 
dialogues,  educational  opportunities  and  by  honoring  the  experiences  and  special  events  that  speak  to  our  associates’  many 
identities. 

We  built  a  diversity  and  inclusion  team,  and  our  diversity  and  inclusion  strategy  is  built  on  a  foundation  of  research,  best 
practices and leadership commitment. Our Vice President of Diversity and Inclusion oversees our diversity and inclusion efforts 
and our diversity council takes an active role in advocating for and celebrating diversity and inclusion, as well as overseeing 
belonging and innovation groups. We provide helpful diversity and inclusion information on our associate platforms including 
diversity and inclusion training. Additionally, our UCount campaign encourages associates to self-identify and our Real Talk 
program offers a series of conversations on various dimensions of diversity.

Creating a Safe Environment

Safety is at the forefront of everything we do. We continue to focus on the safety of our associates, customers and communities 
with enhanced sanitation and increased safety measures. We also have invested in several initiatives, including the development 
and implementation of a new safety brand and pledge, Every Moment Matters, that is designed to foster a caring culture, the 
implementation  of  interactive  and  proven  training  programs,  which  were  rolled  out  across  our  network,  and  enhanced  safety 
auditing. In fiscal 2022, we created a new role and hired a new Senior Vice President, Occupational and Food Safety. 

Seasonality

Overall product sales are fairly balanced throughout the year, although demand for certain products of a seasonal nature may be 
influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other annual events. Our working capital needs are generally greater during the 
months of and leading up to high sales periods, such as the buildup in inventory leading to the calendar year-end holidays. Our 
inventory, Accounts payable and Accounts receivable levels may be impacted by macroeconomic impacts and changes in food-
at-home purchasing rates. These effects can result in normal operating fluctuations in working capital balances, which in turn 
can result in changes to Cash flow from operations that are not necessarily indicative of long-term operating trends.

Available Information

Our internet address is http://www.unfi.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into or considered to 
be part of this Annual Report, and our internet address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only. We 
make our Annual Report, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) 
available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such reports with, or furnish such 
reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

9

 Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  those 
described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section discusses factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we 
believe could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. If any of the events described 
below  occurs,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected  and  our  stock 
price could decline.

We  provide  these  factors  for  investors  as  permitted  by  and  to  obtain  the  rights  and  protections  under  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  You  should  understand  that  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  or  identify  all  such  factors. 
Consequently,  you  should  not  consider  the  following  to  be  a  complete  discussion  of  all  potential  risks  or  uncertainties 
applicable  to  our  business.  See  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—
Forward-Looking Statements in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report for more information on our business and the forward-
looking statements included in this Annual Report.

Strategic and Operational Risks

We  depend  heavily  on  our  principal  customers  and  our  success  is  heavily  dependent  on  our  principal  customers’  ability  to 
maintain and grow their businesses.

The loss or cancellation of business from our larger customers, including due to increased self-distribution, closures of stores, 
reductions in the amount of products that our customers sell to their customers, or our failure to comply with the terms of our 
distribution agreements, where applicable, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations. For example, Whole Foods Market, a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., accounted for approximately 20% of our Net 
sales  in  fiscal  2022.  We  serve  as  the  primary  distributor  of  natural,  organic,  and  specialty  non-perishable  products,  and  also 
distribute certain specialty protein, cheese, deli items, and products from health, beauty, and supplement categories to Whole 
Foods  Market  in  all  of  its  regions  in  the  United  States  under  the  terms  of  our  distribution  agreement,  which  expires  on 
September  27,  2027.  Our  ability  to  maintain  a  close,  mutually  beneficial  relationship  with  our  principal  customers  is  an 
important  element  to  our  continued  growth.  Similarly,  if  our  largest  customer  diverts  purchases  from  us  beyond  minimum 
amounts it is required to purchase under our distribution agreement, our business, financial condition or results of operations 
may be materially and adversely affected. 

Our  business  is  characterized  by  low  margins,  which  are  sensitive  to  inflationary  and  deflationary  pressures,  and  intense 
competition and consolidation in the grocery industry, and our inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could 
adversely affect our results of operations.

The grocery industry is characterized by a relatively high volume of sales with relatively low profit margins, and as competition 
in  certain  areas  intensifies  and  the  industry  continues  to  consolidate,  our  results  of  operations  may  be  negatively  impacted 
through a loss of sales and reduction in gross margin dollars. The grocery business is intensely competitive and the evolving 
competitive  landscape  is  dynamic  and  continues  to  evolve,  including  from  some  competitors  that  have  greater  financial  and 
other resources than we do. Consumers also have more choices for grocery and consumable purchases, including retailers we do 
not supply and eCommerce solutions, which may reduce the demand for products supplied by our wholesale customers. The 
pandemic  accelerated  the  consumer  shift  to  eCommerce  and  new  ways  to  purchase  food,  including  increased  restaurant  and 
other  delivery  options.  We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  compete  effectively  against  current  and  future 
competitors.

Our  ability  to  compete  successfully  will  be  largely  dependent  on  our  ability  to  provide  quality  products  and  services  at 
competitive  prices.  Our  competition  comes  from  a  variety  of  sources,  including  other  distributors,  as  well  as  specialty  or 
independent  grocery  and  mass  market  grocery  distributors  and  cooperatives,  and  customers  with  their  own  distribution 
channels. Mass market grocery distributors, many with substantially greater financial and other resources than us and that may 
be better established in their markets, continue to increase their offerings of natural and organic products, are competing more 
directly with our natural and organic product offerings. While natural and organic products typically generate higher margins, 
these margins could be affected by changes in the public’s perception of the benefits of natural and organic products compared 
to similar conventional products.

10

 Table of Contents

In addition, many supermarket chains have increased self-distribution or purchases of items directly from suppliers. Relatively 
low barriers to entry have resulted in new entrants in our markets. We also encounter indirect competition as a result of the fact 
that  our  customers  with  physical  locations  compete  with  online  retailers  and  distributors  that  seek  to  sell  certain  products 
directly  to  consumers.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  our  current  or  potential  future  competitors  will  not  provide  products  or 
services  comparable  or  superior  to  those  provided  by  us  or  adapt  more  quickly  than  we  do  to  evolving  industry  trends  or 
changing  market  requirements.  It  is  also  possible  that  alliances  among  competitors  may  develop  and  that  competitors  may 
rapidly  acquire  significant  market  share.  Increased  competition  may  result  in  price  reductions,  reduced  gross  margins,  lost 
business  and  loss  of  market  share,  any  of  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or 
results of operations.

The continuing consolidation of retailers, the growth of chains and closures of grocery locations may reduce our gross margins 
in  the  future  should  more  customers  qualify  for  greater  volume  discounts,  and  should  we  experience  pricing  pressure  from 
suppliers  and  retailers.  Sales  to  some  of  our  largest  customers  generate  a  lower  gross  margin  than  do  sales  to  our  smaller 
customers  due  to  agreements  that  include  volume  discounts  with  many  of  these  customers,  including  our  largest  customer. 
Increased  sales  to  these  customers  results  in  downward  pressure  on  our  gross  margins,  which  may  or  may  not  be  offset  by 
increases in sales or a reduction in expenses incurred to service these customers.

If  we  are  not  able  to  continue  to  capture  scale  efficiencies  and  enhance  our  merchandise  offerings,  we  may  not  be  able  to 
achieve  our  goals  with  respect  to  operating  margins.  In  addition,  if  we  are  not  able  to  refine  and  improve  our  systems 
continually  or  effectively  implement  improvements  to  our  systems  without  disruption,  including  any  information  technology 
migration to a cloud environment, we may not be able to reduce costs, increase sales and services, effectively manage inventory 
and procurement processes, or effectively manage customer pricing plans. As a result, our operating margins may stagnate or 
decline.

Further, because many of our sales are at prices that are based on our product cost plus a percentage markup, volatile food costs 
have a direct impact upon our profitability. We have experienced elevated levels of inflation during the past year, which has had 
varying  impacts  on  our  business.  Prolonged  periods  of  product  cost  inflation  and  periods  of  rapidly  increasing  inflation  may 
have a negative impact on our profit margins and results of operations to the extent that we are unable to pass on all or a portion 
of  such  product  cost  increases  to  our  customers,  or  to  the  extent  our  operating  expenses  increase.  In  addition,  product  cost 
inflation may negatively impact the consumer discretionary spending trends and reduce the demand for higher-margin natural 
and  organic  products,  which  could  adversely  affect  profitability.  Conversely,  our  profit  levels  may  be  negatively  impacted 
during  periods  of  product  cost  deflation  even  though  our  Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  Net  sales  may  remain  relatively 
constant. If we are unable to reduce our expenses as a percentage of Net sales, including our expenses related to servicing this 
lower  gross  margin  business,  our  business,  financial  condition,  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely 
impacted.

Pandemics  or  disease  outbreaks,  such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  associated  responses,  may  disrupt  our  business, 
including among other things, increasing our costs, impacting our supply chain, and driving change in customer and consumer 
demand for our products, and could have a material adverse impact on our business.

The COVID-19 pandemic and responses thereto continue to impact our business and cause uncertainty, including as infection 
rates  and  new  variants  continue  to  evolve.  While  we  experienced  elevated  demand  for  the  products  we  distribute  as 
consumption of food at home increased and our independent customers have performed well throughout the pandemic, there is 
no  assurance  that  increased  volume,  including  from  these  customers,  will  be  sustained  over  the  long-term.  The  increased 
wholesale  customer  and  end-consumer  demand  may  decrease  relative  to  current  levels  if  consumers  return  to  pre-pandemic 
consumption habits. We are unable to predict when and to what extent that may occur.

The impact of and associated responses to the COVID-19 pandemic also has had and could continue to have an adverse effect 
on  other  aspects  of  our  business  and  operations.  For  example,  we  have  incurred,  and  expect  to  continue  to  incur,  increased 
costs,  including:  increased  labor  costs,  such  as  overtime,  paid  leave,  and  temporary  state  of  emergency  wage  increases; 
increased costs associated with safety measures throughout our facilities; and other increased operating costs. 

11

 Table of Contents

Our  business  has  in  the  past  been,  and  could  in  the  future  be,  negatively  impacted  by  reduced  workforces  due  to  illness  or 
restrictions  related  to  communicable  disease;  a  shortage  of  qualified  labor  to  support  increased  demand;  any  failure  of  third 
parties  on  which  we  rely,  including  our  suppliers,  contract  manufacturers,  third-party  labor  contractors  and  external  business 
partners  to  meet  their  obligations  to  us,  or  significant  disruptions  in  their  ability  to  do  so;  or  diversion  of  management’s 
attention,  including  if  key  employees  become  ill.  We  have  experienced  higher  than  usual  levels  of  out-of-stocks  leading  to 
reduced  fill  rates,  the  continuation  of  which  may  result  in  higher  costs,  fees,  or  penalties  to  service  our  customers.  We 
experienced  temporary  suspensions  of  operations  at  one  facility  due  to  an  elevated  number  of  COVID  cases,  and  we  may 
experience  future  facility  closures  due  to  outbreaks  of  COVID-19  or  other  illnesses,  reduced  workforce  availability  or 
government mandates.

Any of the foregoing factors, or other effects of the pandemic that are not currently foreseeable, could materially increase our 
costs, negatively impact our sales and damage our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity position. 
Our efforts to manage and mitigate these factors may be unsuccessful, and the effectiveness of these efforts to a certain extent 
depends on factors beyond our control.

Failure  by  us  to  develop  and  operate  a  reliable  technology  platform  and  the  costs  of  maintaining  secure  and  effective 
information technology systems could negatively impact our business, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our 
investments in information technology.

Our  ability  to  decrease  costs  and  increase  profits,  as  well  as  our  ability  to  serve  customers  most  effectively,  depends  on  the 
reliability  of  our  technology  platform.  We  use  software  and  other  technology  systems,  among  other  things,  to  send,  receive, 
generate and select orders, load and route trucks and monitor and manage our business on a day-to-day basis. Failure to have 
adequate  technology  systems  across  the  enterprise  and  any  disruption  to  these  systems  could  adversely  impact  our  customer 
service, decrease the volume of our business, and result in increased costs negatively affecting our business, financial condition 
or results of operations.

In our attempt to reduce Operating expenses, increase operating efficiencies and better serve our customers and suppliers, we 
have invested in the development and implementation of new information technology. We are in the process of converting our 
existing  facilities  into  a  single  warehouse  management  and  supply  chain  platform.  In  addition,  we  remain  focused  on  the 
automation  of  certain  distribution  centers  and  plan  to  develop  further  digital  solutions  for  our  customers,  suppliers  and 
associates.  We  may  not  be  able  to  implement  these  technological  enhancements  at  all  or  in  the  anticipated  time  frame  and 
delays  in  implementation  could  negatively  impact  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the 
costs  may  exceed  our  estimates  and  are  expected  to  exceed  the  benefits  during  the  early  stages  of  implementation.  Even  if 
implementation progresses in accordance with our current plans, and within our current cost estimates, we may not achieve the 
expected  efficiencies  and  cost  savings  from  our  investments.  Moreover,  as  we  implement  information  technology 
enhancements,  disruptions  in  our  business  may  be  created  (including  disruption  with  our  customers),  which  may  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We face risks related to the availability of qualified labor, labor costs and labor relations.

We  have  experienced,  and  may  continue  to  experience,  a  shortage  of  qualified  labor.  Recruiting  and  retention  efforts,  and 
actions  to  increase  productivity,  may  not  be  successful.  Such  a  shortage  could  potentially  increase  labor  costs,  reduce 
profitability  or  decrease  our  ability  to  effectively  serve  customers.  If  we  are  unable  to  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  of  our 
efforts to improve labor efficiency, including through automation and other technology initiatives, or to increase productivity 
and efficiency through other methods, including as a result of delays in executing our business transformation and integration 
efforts,  we  may  be  more  susceptible  to  labor  shortages  than  our  competitors.  We  have  incurred  increased  costs  to  address  a 
shortage of qualified labor in certain geographies, particularly for warehouse workers and drivers, including wage actions, sign-
on bonus programs, and increased use of third-party labor.

Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of Net sales, higher than in many other industries, we may be significantly harmed 
by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our wholesale customers. Any increase in their labor 
costs,  including  any  increases  in  costs  as  a  result  of  increases  in  minimum  wage  requirements  or  wage  competition,  could 
reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for the products we supply. Additionally, the terms of some of our 
collective bargaining agreements may limit our ability to increase efficiencies.

12

 Table of Contents

As  of  July  30,  2022,  approximately  10,900  of  our  30,300  employees  (approximately  36%)  were  covered  by  48  collective 
bargaining agreements, including agreements under negotiation, which expire through May 7, 2027. In the event we are unable 
to negotiate reasonable contract renewals with our union associates or are required to make significant changes to terms that are 
unfavorable  to  us,  our  relationship  with  employees  may  become  fractured,  and  we  could  be  subject  to  work  stoppages  or 
additional  expenses.  In  that  event,  it  would  be  necessary  for  us  to  hire  replacement  workers  or  implement  other  business 
continuity  contingency  plans  to  continue  to  meet  our  obligations  to  our  customers.  The  costs  to  hire  replacement  workers, 
employ effective security measures, and, if necessary, serve customers from alternative facilities, could negatively impact the 
profitability of any affected facility. Depending on the length of time of any work stoppage or that we are required to employ 
replacement  workers  and  security  measures  these  costs  could  be  significant  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have in the past been the focus of union-organizing efforts, and we believe it is likely that we will be the focus of similar 
efforts in the future, and as we increase our employee base and broaden our distribution operations to new geographic markets, 
our  increased  visibility  could  result  in  increased  or  expanded  union-organizing  efforts.  New  contracts  with  existing  unions 
could have substantially less favorable terms than those negotiated prior to such expanded union-organizing efforts.

We  are  transforming  our  business  and  have  engaged,  and  may  continue  to  engage  in,  acquisitions  and  other  strategic 
initiatives, and may encounter difficulties integrating acquired businesses and may not realize the anticipated benefits of our 
acquisitions.

We  have  engaged  in,  and  could  continue  to  pursue,  strategic  transactions  and  initiatives  as  we  transform  our  business. 
Acquisitions present significant challenges and risks relating to the integration of acquired businesses.

Our  ability  to  achieve  the  expected  benefits  of  acquisitions  will  depend  on,  among  other  things,  our  ability  to  effectively 
execute  on  our  business  strategies,  integrate  and  manage  the  combined  operations,  retain  customers  and  suppliers  on  terms 
similar to those in place with the acquired businesses, achieve desired operating efficiencies and sales growth, optimize delivery 
routes,  coordinate  administrative  and  distribution  functions,  integrate  management  information  systems,  expand  into  new 
markets to include markets of the acquired business, retain and assimilate the acquired businesses’ employees, and maintain our 
financial and internal controls and systems as we expand our operations. Achieving the anticipated benefits of acquisitions also 
depends  on  the  adequacy  of  our  implementation  plans  and  the  ability  of  management  to  oversee  and  operate  effectively  the 
combined operations.

The  integration  of  businesses  that  we  acquire  might  also  cause  us  to  incur  unforeseen  costs,  which  would  lower  our  future 
earnings and would prevent us from realizing the expected benefits of these acquisitions. Any of the businesses we acquired 
may also have liabilities or adverse operating issues, including some that were not known by us before the acquisition, and our 
indemnity for such liabilities may be limited or nonexistent. 

Additionally, our ability to pursue any future acquisitions may depend upon obtaining additional financing, which may not be 
available  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all.  To  the  extent  that  we  seek  to  acquire  other  businesses  in  exchange  for  our  common 
stock,  fluctuations  in  our  stock  price  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  complete  acquisitions.  If  we  are 
unable  to  integrate  acquired  businesses  successfully  or  to  realize  anticipated  economic,  operational  or  other  benefits  and 
synergies  in  a  timely  manner,  management’s  resources  could  be  diverted  and  our  business,  financial  condition,  or  operating 
results could be materially and adversely affected, particularly in transition periods immediately following the consummation of 
those transactions. 

We may have difficulty managing our growth, and our growth plans may not produce the results that we expect.

The growth in the size of our business and operations has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our 
management.  Our  future  growth  may  be  limited  by  strong  growth  by  certain  of  our  largest  customers  or  our  inability  to 
optimize our network of distribution centers to serve our customers, retain existing customers, successfully integrate acquired 
entities  or  significant  new  customers,  implement  information  systems  and  automation  initiatives,  or  adequately  manage  our 
personnel.

If we fail to optimize the volume of supply operations in our distribution center network, do not retain existing business or do 
not utilize added network capacity in line with our expectations, excess capacity may exist, which may lead to inefficiencies 
and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, including as a result of incurring operating costs 
for these facilities without sufficient corresponding sales revenue to cover these costs.

13

 Table of Contents

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  successfully  optimize  our  distribution  center  network  or  open  additional 
distribution centers in new or existing markets if needed to accommodate or facilitate growth or that certain of our distribution 
centers will not have, or continue to have, operational challenges. Our ability to compete effectively, maintain service levels 
and manage future growth, if any, will depend on our ability to maximize operational efficiencies across our distribution center 
network,  to  implement  and  improve  on  a  timely  basis  operational,  financial  and  management  information  systems,  including 
our warehouse management systems, and to expand, train, motivate and manage our work force. We cannot assure you that our 
existing  personnel,  systems,  procedures  and  controls  will  be  adequate  to  support  the  future  growth  of  our  operations.  In 
addition, we have recently appointed several new executive leaders, and these transitions may be disruptive. Our inability to 
manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Further, a key element of our current growth strategy is to increase the amount of fresh, perishable products that we distribute. 
We believe that the ability to distribute these products will differentiate us from our competitors and increase demand for our 
products.  If  we  are  unable  to  grow  this  portion  of  our  business,  including  through  acquisitions,  and  manage  that  growth 
effectively, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, or we may not 
be able to fully realize the benefits of those acquisitions.

Our wholesale distribution business could be adversely affected if we are not able to attract new customers, increase sales to or 
retain existing customers, or if our customers are unable to grow their businesses.

The  profitability  of  our  wholesale  segment  is  dependent  upon  sufficient  volume  to  support  our  operating  infrastructure.  The 
inability to attract new customers or the loss of existing customers from a decision to use alternative sources of distribution, 
whether through a competing wholesaler or by converting to self-distribution, or due to retail closure or industry consolidation 
may  negatively  impact  our  sales  and  operating  margins.  If  there  were  a  rapid  reduction  in  demand  for  the  products  we 
distribute,  our  results  and  cash  flows  may  be  negatively  impacted  if  we  are  unable  to  reduce  working  capital  maintained  to 
support current sales levels.

Our success also depends in part on the financial success and cooperation of our wholesale customers. They may not experience 
an acceptable level of sales or profitability, and our revenues and gross margins could be negatively affected as a result. We 
may also need to extend credit to our wholesale customers. While we seek to obtain security interests and other credit support in 
connection  with  the  financial  accommodations  we  extend,  such  collateral  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  our  exposure. 
Additionally,  in  the  past  we  have  entered  into  wholesale  customer  support  arrangements  to  guaranty  or  subsidize  real  estate 
obligations,  which  make  us  contingently  liable  in  the  event  our  wholesale  customers  default.  If  sales  trends  or  profitability 
worsen for wholesale customers, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other things, lost business 
for us, delayed or reduced payments to us or defaults on payments or other liabilities owed by wholesale customers to us, any of 
which  could  adversely  impact  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  as  well  as  our  ability  to  grow  our  wholesale 
business. In this regard, our wholesale customers are affected by the same economic conditions, including food inflation and 
deflation,  and  competition  that  our  retail  segment  faces.  The  magnitude  of  these  risks  increases  as  the  size  of  our  wholesale 
customers increases.

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us and larger customers that do have multiyear 
contracts with us may terminate these contracts early in certain situations or choose not to renew or extend the contract at its 
expiration.

Many of our wholesale customers buy from us under purchase orders, and we generally do not have written agreements with or 
long-term  commitments  from  these  customers  for  the  purchase  of  products.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  these  customers  will 
maintain  or  increase  their  orders  for  the  products  supplied  by  us  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  or  add  to  our  existing 
customer base. Decreases in our volumes or orders for products supplied by us for these customers with whom we do not have a 
long-term contract may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We  may  have  contracts  with  certain  of  our  customers  (as  is  the  case  with  many  of  our  chain  customers)  that  obligate  the 
customer to buy products from us for a particular period of time. Even in this case, the contracts may not require the customer 
to purchase a minimum amount of products from us or the contracts may afford the customer better pricing in the event that the 
volume of the customer’s purchases exceeds certain levels. If these customers were to terminate or fail to perform under these 
contracts prior to their scheduled termination, or if we or the customer elected not to renew or extend the term of the contract at 
its  expiration  or  not  to  renew  or  extend  at  historical  purchase  levels,  it  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations,  including  additional  operational  expenses  to  transition  out  of  the  business  or  to 
adjust our facilities and staffing costs to cover the reduction in Net sales.

14

 Table of Contents

Changes  in  relationships  with  our  suppliers  may  adversely  affect  our  profitability,  and  conditions  beyond  our  control  can 
interrupt our supplies and alter our product costs.

As a wholesaler, we are dependent upon the consistent supply of products from manufacturers. We maintain supply contracts to 
fulfill product sales obligations to our customers. Manufacturer’s disruptions in their ability to produce, maintain and supply 
product based on changing levels of demand, could result in an inability to fulfill our obligations to our customers. 

The majority of our suppliers are based in the United States and Canada, but we also source products from suppliers throughout 
the world. For the most part, we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers committing them to provide products to us. 
Although our purchasing volume can provide benefits, suppliers may not provide the products needed by us in the quantities or 
at the prices requested. For example, we have experienced, and continue to experience, higher than usual levels of out-of-stocks 
leading  to  reduced  fill  rates  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  These  shortages  have  caused  us  to  incur  higher  Operating 
expenses due to the cost of moving products between our distribution facilities to maintain expected service levels. We cannot 
anticipate when this trend will end or whether it will recur in the future. We are also subject to delays caused by interruption in 
production  and  increases  in  product  costs  based  on  conditions  outside  of  our  control.  These  conditions  include  work 
slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other job actions by employees of suppliers, short-term weather conditions or more 
prolonged climate change, crop conditions, product recalls, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of fuel 
or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, raw material shortages, geopolitical disruptions and natural disasters or other 
catastrophic  events  (including,  but  not  limited  to  food-borne  illnesses).  As  the  consumer  demand  for  natural  and  organic 
products has increased, certain retailers and other producers have entered the market and attempted to buy certain raw materials 
directly,  limiting  availability  for  use  in  certain  or  our  suppliers’  products.  In  addition,  increased  costs  of  imported  goods, 
including  due  to  tariffs,  global  conflict  or  otherwise,  may  reduce  customer  demand  for  affected  products  if  the  parties 
experiencing those increased costs increase their prices.

We cooperatively engage in a variety of promotional programs with our suppliers. We manage these programs to maintain or 
improve our margins and increase sales. We experienced a reduction in promotional spending and payment of slotting fees for 
new products by our suppliers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and we may experience further reductions or changes in 
promotional  spending  (including  as  a  result  of  increased  demand  for  natural  and  organic  products),  which  could  have  a 
significant  impact  on  our  profitability.  We  depend  heavily  on  our  ability  to  purchase  merchandise  in  sufficient  quantities  at 
competitive prices, and we benefit from our ability to purchase product in advance of price increases. We have no assurances of 
continued  supply,  pricing  or  access  to  new  products  and  suppliers  could  change  the  terms  upon  which  it  sells  to  us  or 
discontinue selling to us.

Further,  increased  frequency  or  duration  of  extreme  weather  conditions,  or  other  factors  which  may  be  the  result  of  climate 
change, also could impair production capabilities, disrupt our supply chain, or impact demand for our products. For example, in 
the past, weather patterns or events, such as lower than average levels of precipitation in key agricultural states or wildfires in 
the West, have affected prices of food products of certain of our suppliers. Input costs could increase at any time for a large 
portion of the products that we sell for a prolonged period. Conversely, weather patterns could lead to a decline in our product 
costs (for example, if rainfall levels are abundant), particularly in our perishable and produce businesses, and this product cost 
deflation could negatively impact our results of operations. Our inability to obtain adequate products as a result of any of the 
foregoing factors or otherwise could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations to customers, and these customers may turn to 
other  distributors.  In  that  case,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.

Disruptions to our or third-party information technology systems, including cyber-attacks and security breaches, and the costs 
of  maintaining  secure  and  effective  information  technology  systems  could  negatively  affect  our  business  and  results  of 
operations.

The  efficient  operation  of  our  businesses  is  highly  dependent  on  computer  hardware  and  software  systems,  including 
customized  information  technology  systems.  Additionally,  our  businesses  increasingly  involve  the  receipt,  storage  and 
transmission of sensitive data, including personal information about our customers, employees, and vendors and our proprietary 
business  information.  We  also  share  information  with  vendors.  Information  technology  systems  are  vulnerable  to  not 
functioning as designed and to disruptions and security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists, which risks may be 
more pronounced as associates continue to work from home.

15

 Table of Contents

Although  we  continue  to  take  actions  to  strengthen  the  security  of  our  information  technology  systems,  these  measures  and 
technology may not adequately anticipate or prevent security breaches in the future or we may not be able to timely implement 
these  measures  and  technology.  Cyber-attacks  are  rapidly  evolving  and  becoming  increasingly  frequent,  sophisticated  and 
difficult to detect. The failure to promptly detect, determine the extent of, appropriately respond to, and contain a significant 
data security attack or breach of our systems or any third-party system used by us could have a material adverse impact on our 
business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  Any  such  failure  also  could  result  in  the  loss  of  credibility  with  our 
customers and damage to our reputation and future sales, including through negative publicity. In addition, the unavailability of 
information  technology  systems  or  failure  of  these  systems  or  software  to  perform  as  anticipated  for  any  reason,  including  a 
ransomware  attack,  and  any  inability  to  respond  to,  or  recover  from,  such  an  event,  could  disrupt  our  business,  impact  our 
customers and result in decreased performance, increased overhead costs and increased risk for liability, causing our business 
and results of operations to suffer.

As  a  merchant  that  accepts  debit  and  credit  cards  for  payment,  we  are  subject  to  the  Payment  Card  Industry  Data  Security 
Standard (“PCI DSS”), issued by the PCI Council. Additionally, we are subject to PCI DSS as a service provider, which is a 
business entity that is not a payment brand directly involved in the processing, storage or transmission of cardholder data. PCI 
DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, 
processing  and  transmission  of  individual  cardholder  data.  By  accepting  debit  cards  for  payment,  we  are  also  subject  to 
compliance  with  American  National  Standards  Institute  data  encryption  standards  and  payment  network  security  operating 
guidelines.  The  cost  of  complying  with  stricter  privacy  and  information  security  laws,  standards  and  guidelines,  including 
evolving  PCI  DSS  standards,  and  developing,  maintaining,  and  upgrading  technology  systems  to  address  future  advances  in 
technology,  could  be  significant  and  we  could  experience  problems  and  interruptions  associated  with  the  implementation  of 
new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems. Failure to comply with 
such laws, standards, and guidelines, or payment card industry standards such as those involving MasterCard, Visa and Europay 
(EMV) transactions, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Increases in healthcare, pension, and other costs under the Company’s and multiemployer benefit plans could adversely affect 
our financial condition and results of operations.

We provide single employer and multiemployer health, defined benefit pension and defined contribution benefits to many of 
our  employees  and,  in  some  cases,  former  employees.  The  costs  of  such  benefits  continue  to  increase,  and  the  extent  of  any 
increase depends on a number of different factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include governmental 
regulations such as The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which has resulted in changes to the U.S. healthcare system 
and  imposes  mandatory  types  of  coverage,  reporting  and  other  requirements;  return  on  plan  assets;  changes  in  actuarial 
valuations, estimates, or assumptions used to determine our benefit obligations for certain benefit plans, which require the use 
of  significant  estimates,  including  the  discount  rate,  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets,  mortality  rates  and  the 
rates  of  increase  in  compensation  and  healthcare  costs;  for  multiemployer  plans,  the  outcome  of  collective  bargaining  and 
actions taken by trustees who manage the plans; and potential changes to applicable legislation or regulation. If we are unable to 
control  these  benefits  and  costs,  we  may  experience  increased  Operating  costs,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition and results of operations.

Additionally,  certain  multiemployer  pension  plans  in  which  we  participate  are  underfunded  with  the  projected  benefit 
obligations exceeding the fair value of those plans’ assets, in certain cases (for example, Central States Pension Plan), by a wide 
margin. If a withdrawal were to occur, the withdrawal liability from our multiemployer plans could be material, our efforts to 
mitigate  these  liabilities  may  not  be  successful,  and  potential  exposure  to  withdrawal  liabilities  could  cause  us  to  forgo  or 
negatively impact our ability to enter into other business opportunities. Some of these plans have required rehabilitation plans 
or  funding  improvement  plans,  and  we  can  give  no  assurances  of  the  extent  to  which  a  rehabilitation  plan  or  a  funding 
improvement plan will improve the funded status of the plan. It is possible that increases of unfunded liabilities of these plans 
would result in increased future payments by us and the other participating employers over the next several years. Any changes 
to our pension plans that would impact associates covered by collective bargaining agreements will be subject to negotiation, 
which  may  limit  our  ability  to  manage  our  exposure  to  these  plans.  A  significant  increase  to  funding  requirements  could 
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. The financial condition of these pension plans may 
also  negatively  impact  our  debt  ratings,  which  may  increase  the  cost  of  borrowing  or  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  access 
financial markets.

16

 Table of Contents

Our insurance and self-insurance programs may not be adequate to cover future claims.

We  use  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance  to  provide  for  potential  liabilities,  including  workers’  compensation, 
general and auto liability, director and officer liability, property risk, cyber and privacy risks and employee healthcare benefits. 
We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we 
may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, should they 
occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the cost of 
insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends, market conditions, and availability. In response to the current market, we 
have  also  increased  deductibles  and  increased  percentages  of  loss  retention  above  the  deductible  for  certain  of  our  policies, 
which could expose us to higher costs in the event of a claim.

We estimate the liabilities and required reserves associated with the risks we retain. Any such estimates and actuarial projection 
of losses is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are changes in benefit levels, 
medical  fee  schedules,  medical  utilization  guidelines,  severity  of  injuries  and  accidents,  vocation  rehabilitation  and 
apportionment  and  unpredictable  external  factors  affecting  inflation  rates,  discount  rates,  rising  healthcare  costs,  litigation 
trends, legal interpretations, and actual claim settlement patterns. If actual losses incurred are greater than those anticipated, our 
reserves  may  be  insufficient  and  additional  costs  could  be  recorded  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  If  we  suffer  a 
substantial  loss  that  exceeds  our  self-insurance  reserves  and  any  excess  insurance  coverage,  the  loss  and  attendant  expenses 
could harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations. 

Our debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our  debt  agreements,  including  the  loan  agreement  (the  “ABL  Loan  Agreement”)  related  to  our  $2,600  million  asset-based 
revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”) entered into in June 2022, and the term loan agreement (the “Term Loan 
Agreement”) related to our $1,950 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) entered into on October 22, 2018, as 
amended, and the indenture governing our unsecured 6.75% Senior Notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior Notes”) contain 
financial  covenants  and  other  restrictions  that  limit  our  operating  flexibility  and  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  or  reacting  to 
changes in our business. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of 
our business if we were not subject to these limitations and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business 
strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted.

In addition, our ABL Loan Agreement, Term Loan Agreement and the indenture governing the Senior Notes require that we 
comply  with  various  financial  tests  and  impose  certain  restrictions  on  us,  including  among  other  things,  restrictions  on  our 
ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  create  liens  on  assets,  make  loans  or  investments,  or  return  capital  to  stockholders 
through share repurchases or paying dividends. Failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The cost of the capital available to us and limitations on our ability to access additional capital may have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Historically,  acquisitions  and  capital  expenditures  have  been  a  large  component  of  our  growth.  We  anticipate  that  capital 
expenditures will continue to be, and acquisitions may be, important to our growth in the future. As a result, increases in the 
cost of capital available to us, which could result from volatility in the credit markets, downgrades of our credit ratings, our not 
being in compliance with restrictive covenants under our debt agreements or our inability to access additional capital to finance 
acquisitions  and  capital  expenditures  through  borrowed  funds  could  restrict  our  ability  to  grow  our  business  organically  or 
through acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In  addition,  our  profit  margins  depend  on  strategic  buying  initiatives,  such  as  discounted  bulk  purchases,  which  require 
spending significant amounts of working capital up-front to purchase products that we then sell over a multi-month time period. 
Increases  in  the  cost  of  capital  or  our  inability  to  access  additional  capital  on  satisfactory  terms  could  restrict  our  ability  to 
engage in strategic buying initiatives, which could reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition or results of operations.

17

 Table of Contents

We have experienced losses due to the uncollectibility of accounts in the past and could experience losses in the future if our 
customers are unable to timely pay their debts to us.

Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency or an inability to pay their debts to us as 
they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at 
all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. It is possible that 
customers may reject their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies 
could further adversely affect our revenues and increase our Operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt. In 
addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not rejected in bankruptcy, if customers are unable to meet their 
obligations  on  a  timely  basis,  it  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  collect  receivables.  Further,  we  may  have  to  negotiate 
significant  discounts  and/or  extended  financing  terms  with  these  customers  in  such  a  situation,  each  of  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

During periods of economic weakness, small to medium-sized businesses, like many of our independents channel customers, 
may  be  impacted  more  severely  and  more  quickly  than  larger  businesses.  Similarly,  these  smaller  businesses  may  be  more 
likely to be more severely impacted by events outside of their control, like macro-economic shifts or significant weather events. 
Consequently,  the  ability  of  such  businesses  to  repay  their  obligations  to  us  may  deteriorate,  and  in  some  cases  this 
deterioration  may  occur  quickly,  which  could  materially  and  adversely  impact  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations.

Impairment charges for long-lived assets could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

We  monitor  the  recoverability  of  our  long-lived  assets,  such  as  buildings,  equipment  and  leased  assets,  and  evaluate  their 
carrying value for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets 
may not be fully recoverable. If the review performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-
cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the long-lived assets, in the period the 
determination  is  made.  The  testing  of  long-lived  assets  and  Goodwill  for  impairment  requires  us  to  make  estimates  that  are 
subject  to  significant  assumptions  about  our  future  revenue,  profitability,  cash  flows,  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and 
weighted average cost of capital, as well as other assumptions. Changes in these estimates, or changes in actual performance 
compared with these estimates, may affect the fair value of long-lived assets, which may result in an impairment charge.

We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment. Should the value of long-lived assets become impaired, 
our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Economic Risks

Changes in consumer purchasing habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations.

Changes in consumer purchasing habits may reduce demand for certain of the products we distribute. Consumer habits could be 
affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  changes  in  attitudes  regarding  benefits  of  natural  and  organic  products  when 
compared  to  similar  lower  margin  conventional  products,  new  information  regarding  the  health  effects  of  consuming  certain 
foods or other macro trends. For example, we experienced declines in certain of our sales channels as a result of changes in 
consumer  purchasing  habits  related  to  the  pandemic,  including  reductions  in  foodservice,  bulk  snacks,  seeds  and  nuts,  and 
international  categories,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  how  consumer  habits  may  continue  to  evolve.  Further,  in  a  sustained 
economic downturn, consumers may shift their purchases to lower-cost, lower-margin products. Although there is a growing 
consumer preference for sustainable, organic and locally grown products, which are higher margin products, there can be no 
assurance that such trend will continue. Changing consumer preferences also result from generational shifts, including younger 
generations seeking new and different foods, as well as more ethnic, menu options and menu innovation. However, there can be 
no assurance that such trends will continue. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or 
discontinue  sales  of  certain  items  in  our  product  portfolio,  and  we  may  experience  higher  costs  associated  with  the 
implementation of those changes. Additionally, if we are not able to effectively respond to changes in consumer perceptions or 
adapt  our  product  offerings  to  new  or  developing  trends  in  eating  habits,  our  business,  financial  condition,  or  results  of 
operations could suffer.

Our  leverage  and  debt  service  obligations  increase  our  sensitivity  to  the  effects  of  economic  downturns  and  could  adversely 
affect our business.

18

 Table of Contents

As of July 30, 2022, we had approximately $2.1 billion of long-term debt outstanding. Our leverage, and any increase therein, 
could have important potential consequences, including, but not limited to:

•

•

•

•
•

increasing  our  vulnerability  to,  and  reducing  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  and  responding  to,  adverse  general 
economic and industry conditions and changes in our business and the competitive environment and placing us at a 
disadvantage to our competitors that are less leveraged;
requiring  us  to  use  a  substantial  portion  of  operating  cash  flow  to  pay  principal  of,  and  interest  on,  indebtedness, 
instead  of  other  purposes,  such  as  funding  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  returning  capital  to 
stockholders through dividends or share repurchases or other corporate purposes;
increasing  our  vulnerability  to  a  downgrade  of  our  credit  rating,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  cost  of  funds, 
liquidity, and access to capital markets;
restricting us from making desired strategic acquisitions in the future or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
increasing our exposure to the risk of increased interest rates insofar as current and future borrowings are subject to 
variable rates of interest;

• making it more difficult for us to repay, refinance, or satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;
•
•

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds and increasing the cost of any such borrowing; and
imposing restrictive covenants on our operations, which could result in an event of default if we are unable to comply, 
and  absent  any  cure  or  waiver  of  such  default  ultimately  could  result  in  the  acceleration  of  the  such  debt  and 
potentially other debt with cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

There is no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future debt or equity financing will be 
available to us to enable us to pay our indebtedness. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness 
on or before maturity, however, we may not be able to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Any inability to generate sufficient 
cash  flow  or  refinance  our  indebtedness  on  favorable  terms  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition or results of operations.

Increased fuel costs may adversely affect our results of operations.

Increased fuel costs may have a negative impact on our results of operations. Higher costs for diesel fuel can increase the price 
we pay for products as well as the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers, including costs of inbound goods from 
our suppliers. These factors, in turn, may negatively impact our Net sales, margins, Operating expenses and operating results. 
To manage this risk, we have in the past entered, and may in the future enter, into commodity derivative contracts to hedge a 
portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. To the extent we do not enter into commodity swap agreements, our exposure 
to  volatility  in  the  price  of  diesel  fuel  would  increase  relative  to  our  exposure  to  volatility  in  periods  in  which  we  had 
outstanding  commodity  derivative  contracts.  We  periodically  enter  into  forward  purchase  commitments  for  a  portion  of  our 
projected  monthly  diesel  fuel  requirements  at  fixed  prices.  We  also  maintain  a  fuel  program  with  certain  customers,  which 
allows us to pass some of the changes in fuel costs through to those customers. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to be 
able to pass a comparable proportion or any increase in fuel costs to our customers in the future, which may adversely affect our 
business, financial condition or results of operations.

Disruption of our distribution network or to the operations of our customers could adversely affect our business.

Damage  or  disruption  to  our  distribution  capabilities  due  to  weather,  including  extreme  or  prolonged  weather  conditions, 
natural  disaster,  fire,  civil  unrest,  terrorism,  pandemic,  strikes,  product  recalls  or  safety  concerns  generally,  crop  conditions, 
availability of key commodities, regulatory actions, disruptions in technology, the financial and/or operational instability of key 
suppliers,  performance  by  outsourced  service  providers,  transportation  interruptions,  labor  supply  or  stoppages  or  vendor 
defaults or disputes, or other reasons could impair our ability to distribute our products. For example, we have both distribution 
centers and retail stores in cities and states where civil unrest has led to extensive property damage. To the extent that we are 
unable, or it is not financially feasible, to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage 
such events if they occur, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In  addition,  such  disruption  may  interrupt  or  impede  access  to,  or  otherwise  reduce  the  number  of  consumers  who  visit,  our 
customers’  facilities,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  or  results  of 
operations.

19

 
 Table of Contents

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to significant governmental regulation.

Our  business  is  highly  regulated  at  the  federal,  state,  and  local  levels  and  our  products  and  distribution  operations  require 
various licenses, permits, and approvals, including:

•

•

•

the  products  that  we  distribute  in  the  United  States  are  subject  to  inspection  by  the  United  States  Food  and  Drug 
Administration;
our warehouse and distribution centers are subject to inspection by the United States Department of Agriculture, the 
United States Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration, and various state health and workplace 
safety authorities; and
our United States trucking operations are subject to regulation by the United States Department of Transportation and 
the United States Federal Highway Administration.

In addition, the various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices to which we are subject require us 
to  comply  with  numerous  provisions  regulating  areas  such  as  environmental,  health  and  sanitation  standards,  food  safety, 
marketing of natural or organically produced food, facilities, pharmacies, equal employment opportunity, public accessibility, 
employee benefits, wages and hours worked and licensing for the sale of food, drugs, tobacco and alcoholic beverages, among 
others. For example:

Environmental,  Health  and  Safety:  Our  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  and  increasingly  stringent  laws  and  regulations 
pertaining to the protection of the environment, including those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, the 
disposal  of  food  by-products,  the  handling,  treatment,  and  disposal  of  wastes,  maintenance  of  refrigeration  systems,  and 
remediation  of  soil  and  groundwater  contamination.  Compliance  with  existing  or  changing  environmental  and  safety 
requirements, including more stringent limitations imposed or expected to be imposed in any recently renewed or soon-to-be 
renewed  environmental  permits,  may  require  capital  expenditures.  Additionally,  concern  over  climate  change,  including  the 
impact  of  global  warming,  has  led  to  significant  United  States  and  international  legislative  and  regulatory  efforts  to  limit 
greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, particularly with respect to diesel engine 
emissions, could result in substantial additional operating expenses. These expenses may include an increase in the cost of the 
fuel  and  other  energy  we  purchase  and  capital  costs  associated  with  updating  or  replacing  our  vehicles  sooner  than  planned. 
Until the timing, scope, and extent of such regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our results of operations. 
It is reasonably possible, however, that it could result in material costs, which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.

Further,  our  business  may  be  subject  to  climate-related  transition  risks,  which  arise  from  society’s  transition  toward  a  low-
carbon economy due to changes in laws or regulations, technological advancements, and investor and consumer sentiment. We 
also have announced third-party validated emissions reduction targets covering our operations and value chain. While many of 
our initiatives will create efficiencies and return on investment, the transition to a low-carbon economy generally and our own 
efforts to reduce emissions could lead to increased costs to transition to or invest in renewable energy sources, including electric 
vehicles, increased compliance costs, including tracking and reporting systems, and increased costs of products, commodities, 
and energy.

Food  Safety  and  Marketing:  There  is  significant  governmental  scrutiny,  regulations  and  public  awareness  regarding  food 
quality and food and drug safety. We may be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of our 
food and drug products. In addition, we are subject to governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety and 
the  sale,  packaging,  and  marketing  of  natural  and  organic  products.  Compliance  with  these  laws  may  impose  a  significant 
burden on our operations.

Wage Rates and Paid Leave: Changes in federal, state or local minimum wage and overtime laws or employee paid leave laws 
could  cause  us  to  incur  additional  wage  costs,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  operating  margins.  Failure  to  comply  with 
existing or new laws or regulations could result in significant damages, penalties and/or litigation costs.

20

 Table of Contents

Foreign Operations: Our supplier base includes domestic and foreign suppliers. In addition, we have customers located outside 
the United States. Accordingly, laws and regulations affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs 
and  quotas,  or  changes  in  the  enforcement  of  those  laws  and  regulations  could  adversely  impact  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. In addition, we are required to comply with laws and regulations governing export controls, and ethical, 
anti-bribery  and  similar  business  practices  such  as  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act.  Our  Canadian  operations  are  similarly 
subject  to  extensive  regulation,  including  the  English  and  French  dual  labeling  requirements  applicable  to  products  that  we 
distribute in Canada. The loss or revocation of any existing licenses, permits, or approvals or the failure to obtain any additional 
licenses, permits, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition or results of operations.

Pharmacy: We are required to meet various security and operating standards and comply with the Controlled Substances Act 
and  its  accompanying  regulations  governing  the  sale,  marketing,  packaging,  holding,  record  keeping  and  distribution  of 
controlled  substances.  During  the  past  several  years,  the  United  States  healthcare  industry  has  been  subject  to  an  increase  in 
governmental  regulation  and  audits  at  both  the  federal  and  state  levels.  For  example,  in  2019,  the  Company  settled  with  the 
Drug Enforcement Administration alleged violations of the Controlled Substances Act relating to an administrative subpoena 
received  by  Supervalu  that  requested,  among  other  things,  information  on  the  Company’s  pharmacy  policies  and  procedures 
generally,  as  well  as  the  production  of  documents  that  are  required  to  be  kept  and  maintained  pursuant  to  the  Controlled 
Substances Act and its accompanying regulations. 

The failure to comply or maintain compliance with applicable governmental laws and regulations, including those referred to 
above  and  in  Item  1.  Business  -  Government  Regulation  of  this  Annual  Report,  could  result  in,  among  other  things, 
administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or other letters; cease and 
desist  orders  against  operations  that  are  not  in  compliance;  closure  of  facilities  or  operations;  the  loss,  revocation,  or 
modification  of  any  existing  licenses,  permits,  registrations  or  approvals;  the  failure  to  obtain  additional  licenses,  permits, 
registrations or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business; or the loss of our ability to participate in federal 
and state healthcare programs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results 
of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future. We cannot predict the nature of future laws, regulations, 
interpretations  or  applications,  nor  can  we  determine  the  effect  that  additional  governmental  regulations  or  administrative 
orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory schemes would have on our future business. 
We may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or due to any required product 
recalls.

In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or encounter disagreements with respect to our contracts 
subject to governmental regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions 
or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, prohibitions on exporting, seizures, or debarments from contracting with the U.S. 
or Canadian governments. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including debarments, could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, governmental units may make 
changes  in  the  regulatory  frameworks  within  which  we  operate  that  may  require  us  to  incur  substantial  increases  in  costs  in 
order to comply with such laws and regulations.

Product liability claims could have an adverse effect on our business.

We face a risk of exposure to product liability claims if the products we sell or manufacture cause injury or illness. In addition, 
meat, seafood, cheese, poultry and other products that we distribute could be subject to recall because they are, or are alleged to 
be,  contaminated,  spoiled  or  inappropriately  labeled.  Our  meat  and  poultry  products  may  be  subject  to  contamination  by 
disease-producing  organisms  or  pathogens,  such  as  Listeria  monocytogenes,  Salmonella  and  generic  E.coli.  These  pathogens 
are generally found in the environment, and as a result, there is a risk that they, as a result of food processing, could be present 
in the meat and poultry products we distribute. These pathogens can also be introduced as a result of improper handling at the 
consumer  level.  These  risks  may  be  controlled,  although  not  eliminated,  by  adherence  to  good  manufacturing  practices  and 
finished product testing. We have little, if any, control over proper handling before we receive the product or once the product 
has been shipped to our customers. Any events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or 
food-borne illness or injury, or events that give rise to claims that our products are not of the quality or composition claimed to 
be, may result in product liability claims from individuals, consumers and governmental agencies, penalties and enforcement 
actions  from  government  agencies,  a  loss  of  consumer  confidence,  harm  to  our  reputation  and  could  cause  production  and 
delivery disruptions, which may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

21

 Table of Contents

In addition, if we were to manufacture or distribute foods that are or are perceived to be unsafe, contaminated, or defective, it 
may  be  necessary  for  us  to  recall  such  products,  or  we  may  recall  products  that  we  determine  do  not  satisfy  our  quality 
standards.  Any  resulting  product  recalls  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations. We have, and the companies we have acquired have had, liability insurance with respect to product liability claims. 
This insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or at all and may not be adequate to cover product liability 
claims against us or against companies we have acquired. 

We  generally  seek  contractual  indemnification  and  insurance  coverage  from  our  suppliers  and  manufacturers,  but  any  such 
indemnification  is  limited  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  indemnifying  party.  We  may  be  subject  to  liability,  which  could  be 
substantial,  because  of  actual  or  alleged  contamination  in  products  manufactured  or  sold  by  us,  including  products  sold  by 
companies  before  we  acquired  them.  If  we  do  not  have  adequate  insurance  or  contractual  indemnification  available,  product 
liability claims and costs associated with product recalls, including a loss of business, could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our business.

We rely on a combination of trademark, service mark, trade secret, copyright, and domain name law and internal procedures 
and  nondisclosure  agreements  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  We  believe  our  trademarks,  private  label  products,  and 
domain names are valuable assets. However, our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to distinguish our products 
and services from those of our competitors and to provide us with a competitive advantage. From time to time, third parties may 
use  names,  logos,  and  slogans  similar  to  ours,  may  apply  to  register  trademarks  or  domain  names  similar  to  ours,  and  may 
infringe or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted 
against such third parties or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Asserting or defending our intellectual property 
rights could be time consuming and costly and could distract management’s attention and resources. If we are unable to prevent 
our  competitors  from  using  names,  logos,  slogans  and  domain  names  similar  to  ours,  consumer  confusion  could  result,  the 
perception of our brands and products could be negatively affected, and our sales and profitability could suffer as a result. In 
addition, if our wholesale customers receive negative publicity or fail to maintain the quality of the goods and services used in 
connection with our trademarks, our rights to, and the value of, our trademarks could potentially be harmed. Failure to protect 
our proprietary information could also have an adverse effect on our business.

We may also be subject to claims that our activities or the products we sell infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the 
intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  Any  such  claims  can  be  time  consuming  and  costly  to  defend  and  may  distract 
management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are without merit, and may prevent us from using our trademarks in 
certain geographies or in connection with certain products and services, any of which could adversely affect our business.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

22

 Table of Contents

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

Distribution Centers

We maintained 56 distribution centers and warehouses at July 30, 2022, which were utilized by our Wholesale segment and our 
other operating segments. The following table shows our dry and cold storage distribution and warehouse facilities and their 
associated owned and leased square footage occupied as of July 30, 2022:

Location(1)

Hopkins, Minnesota(2)
Allentown, Pennsylvania
Stockton, California
Mechanicsville, Virginia(2)
Riverside, California
Centralia, Washington
York, Pennsylvania
Joliet, Illinois
Green Bay, Wisconsin
Champaign, Illinois
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
Fort Wayne, Indiana(2)
Commerce, California
Pompano Beach, Florida
Ridgefield, Washington(2)
Quincy, Florida(2)
Sarasota, Florida
Montgomery, New York(2)
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Atlanta, Georgia(2)
Moreno Valley, California
Lancaster, Texas
Anniston, Alabama
Indianola, Mississippi
Aurora, Colorado
Rocklin, California(2)
Stevens Point, Wisconsin(2)
Gilroy, California(2)
Sturtevant, Wisconsin(2)
Carlisle, Pennsylvania
Howell Township, New Jersey(2)
Chesterfield, New Hampshire(2)
Richburg, South Carolina(2)
Fargo, North Dakota(2)
Oglesby, Illinois
Dayville, Connecticut(2)
Greenwood, Indiana(2)
Prescott, Wisconsin(2)
Santa Fe Springs, California
Iowa City, Iowa

Owned Square 
Footage

Leased Square 
Footage
(in thousands)

Total Square 
Footage 

1,866 
— 
— 
1,249 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
871 
— 
— 
779 
758 
— 
500 
679 
389 
— 
— 
465 
543 
— 
469 
314 
447 
442 
— 
397 
300 
342 
336 
— 
317 
308 
307 
— 
271 

— 
1,327 
1,290 
— 
1,171 
1,155 
1,039 
988 
980 
910 
883 
— 
858 
779 

— 
— 
743 
180 
— 
259 
613 
590 
105 
— 
529 
— 
146 
— 
— 
423 
— 
69 
— 
— 
325 
— 
— 
— 
298 
20 

1,866 
1,327 
1,290 
1,249 
1,171 
1,155 
1,039 
988 
980 
910 
883 
871 
858 
779 
779 
758 
743 
680 
679 
648 
613 
590 
570 
543 
529 
469 
460 
447 
442 
423 
397 
369 
342 
336 
325 
317 
308 
307 
298 
291 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Location(1)

West Sacramento, California(2)
Bismarck, North Dakota(2)
Anniston, Alabama
Billings, Montana(2)
Vaughan, Ontario
Edison, New Jersey
West Newell, Illinois
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Richmond, British Columbia
Roseville, California
West Sacramento, California(2)
Logan Township, New Jersey
Burnaby, British Columbia
Fife, Washington
Montreal, Quebec
Truckee, California
Total

Owned Square 
Footage

Leased Square 
Footage
(in thousands)

Total Square 
Footage 

251 
244 
— 
220 
— 
— 
155 
— 
— 
— 
85 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
13,304 

— 
— 
231 
— 
180 
178 
— 
100 
96 
86 
— 
70 
41 
39 
31 
8 
16,740 

251 
244 
231 
220 
180 
178 
155 
100 
96 
86 
85 
70 
41 
39 
31 
8 
30,044 

(1) Distribution  centers  and  warehouses  as  presented  here  reflect  the  location  of  the  main  distribution  center  campus  and  warehouse 

combined with their related offsite storage used to supply customers out of these locations.

(2) These distribution centers secure our Term Loan Facility. 

Retail Stores

The following table summarizes continuing operations retail stores utilized by our Retail segment as of July 30, 2022:

Retail Banner

Cub Foods(1)
Shoppers
Total

Number of 
Stores

Owned Square 
Footage

Leased Square 
Footage
(square footage in thousands)

Total Square 
Footage

54 
19 
73 

1,194 
— 
1,194 

2,517 
1,165 
3,682 

3,711 
1,165 
4,876 

(1) Cub Foods stores include stores in which we have a controlling ownership interest, and excludes 32 franchised Cub Foods full-line 

and separate liquor stores in which we have no ownership interest or a minority interest.

Corporate

As  of  July  30,  2022,  we  had  approximately  600  thousand  square  feet,  84%  of  which  was  leased,  of  surplus  retail  stores  and 
warehouses, excluding assigned leases.

As  of  July  30,  2022,  we  utilized  approximately  471  thousand  square  feet  of  corporate  office  space  primarily  related  to  our 
executive  offices  located  in  Providence,  Rhode  Island  and  Eden  Prairie,  Minnesota,  as  well  as  other  smaller  administrative 
offices across the United States. We own approximately 240 thousand square feet and lease the remaining 231 thousand square 
feet of our corporate office space.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From  time  to  time,  we  are  involved  in  routine  litigation  or  other  legal  proceedings  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our 
business,  including  investigations  and  claims  regarding  employment  law,  pension  plans,  unfair  labor  practices,  labor  union 
disputes, supplier, customer and service provider contract terms, real estate and antitrust. Other than as described in Note 17—
Commitments,  Contingencies  and  Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report,  which  is 
incorporated  by  reference  herein,  there  are  no  pending  material  legal  proceedings  to  which  we  are  a  party  or  to  which  our 
property is subject.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM  5.        MARKET  FOR  THE  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

PART II.

Market Information, Holders and Dividends 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “UNFI”. 

On July 30, 2022, we had 79 stockholders of record.

We have never paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and we have no current intention to pay cash dividends. Our future 
dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by 
our Board of Directors. Our Term Loan Facility, ABL Credit Facility and Senior Notes contain terms that limit our ability to 
make cash dividends.

Comparative Stock Performance

The following graph compares the yearly change in cumulative total stockholder returns on our common stock for the last five 
fiscal  years  with  the  cumulative  return  on  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  (“S&P”)  SmallCap  600  Index  and  the  S&P  SmallCap  600 
Food Distributors Index. The comparison assumes the investment of $100 on July 29, 2017 in our common stock and in each of 
the  indices  and,  in  each  case,  assumes  reinvestment  of  all  dividends.  The  stock  price  performance  shown  below  is  not 
necessarily indicative of future performance.

25

 Table of Contents

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among United Natural Foods, Inc., the S&P SmallCap 600, the S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors(1)

(1) Our selected industry peer group is the S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors Index, which includes SpartanNash Company, The 

Andersons, Inc., The Chef’s Warehouse, Inc. and United Natural Foods, Inc. 

$ 
United Natural Foods, Inc. 
$ 
S&P SmallCap 600 Index
S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors Index $ 

July 29, 
2017
100.00  $ 
100.00  $ 
100.00  $ 

July 28, 
2018

August 3, 
2019

August 1, 
2020

July 31, 
2021

85.82  $ 
122.02  $ 
95.85  $ 

22.23  $ 
111.63  $ 
54.44  $ 

52.40  $ 
104.68  $ 
55.76  $ 

87.43  $ 
164.29  $ 
91.61  $ 

July 30, 
2022
112.22 
154.04 
123.92 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In September 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new repurchase program for up to $200 million of our Common stock 
over  a  term  of  four  years  (the  “2022  Repurchase  Program”).  Upon  approval  of  the  2022  Repurchase  Program,  our  Board 
terminated the repurchase program authorized in October 2017, which provided for the purchase of up to $200 million of our 
outstanding Common stock (the "2017 Repurchase Program"). We did not repurchase any shares of our Common stock in fiscal 
2022, 2021 or 2020 pursuant to the 2017 Repurchase Program. As of July 30, 2022, we had $176 million remaining authorized 
under the 2017 Repurchase Program. 

We  will  manage  the  pacing  of  any  repurchases  in  response  to  market  conditions  and  other  relevant  factors,  including  any 
limitations on our ability to conduct repurchases under the terms of our ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility and Senior 
Notes.  We  may  implement  all  or  part  of  the  repurchase  program  pursuant  to  a  plan  or  plans  meeting  the  conditions  of  Rule 
10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

26

United Natural Foods, Inc. S&P SmallCap 600 IndexS&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors IndexJuly 29,2017July 28,2018August 3,2019August 1,2020July 31,2021July 30,2022$0$50$100$150$200$250 Table of Contents

The following table contains the deemed surrender of shares to us by participants in our compensatory stock plans:

(in millions, except shares and per share 
amounts)
Period(1):

May 1, 2022 to June 4, 2022

June 5, 2022 to July 2, 2022

July 3, 2022 to July 30, 2022

Total

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased(2)

Average Price 
Paid Per Share

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or 
Programs

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
May Yet be Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs(3)

—  $ 

2,615 

977 

3,592  $ 

— 

41.87 

41.49 

41.77 

—  $ 

— 

— 

—  $ 

— 

— 

176 

— 

(1) The reported periods conform to our fiscal calendar.
(2) These  amounts  represent  the  deemed  surrender  by  participants  in  our  compensatory  stock  plans  of 3,592  shares  of  our  Common 

stock to cover taxes from the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted under such plans.

(3) As of July 30, 2022, there was approximately $176 million that may yet be purchased under the share repurchase program. There 

were no share repurchases under the share repurchase program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022.

ITEM 6.    RESERVED

ITEM  7.        MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 
OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
notes  thereto,  “Risk  Factors”  included  in  Part  I,  Item  IA,  “Forward-looking  Statements”  and  other  risks  described 
elsewhere in this Annual Report.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  Annual  Report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act,  and 
Section  21E  of  the  Exchange  Act,  that  involve  substantial  risks  and  uncertainties.  In  some  cases  you  can  identify  these 
statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” 
“seek,”  “should,”  “will,”  and  “would,”  or  similar  words.  Statements  that  contain  these  words  and  other  statements  that  are 
forward-looking  in  nature  should  be  read  carefully  because  they  discuss  future  expectations,  contain  projections  of  future 
results of operations or of financial positions or state other “forward-looking” information.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may ultimately prove to be incorrect. These statements are based 
on our management’s beliefs and assumptions, which are based on currently available information. These assumptions could 
prove inaccurate. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise may be 
required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the 
occurrence of unanticipated events or actual operating results. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated 
in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

our dependence on principal customers;
the relatively low margins of our business, which are sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures;
the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic;
our ability to operate, and rely on third parties to operate, reliable and secure technology systems;
labor and other workforce shortages and challenges;
our ability to realize anticipated benefits of our strategic initiatives, including any acquisitions;
the addition or loss of significant customers or material changes to our relationships with these customers;
our sensitivity to general economic conditions including inflation, changes in disposable income levels and consumer 
spending trends;
our ability to continue to grow sales, including of our higher margin natural and organic foods and non-food products, 
and to manage that growth;
increased competition in our industry, including as a result of continuing consolidation of retailers and the growth of 
chains, direct distribution by large retailers and the growth of online distributors;
our ability to timely and successfully deploy our warehouse management system throughout our distribution centers 
and  our  transportation  management  system  across  the  Company  and  to  achieve  efficiencies  and  cost  savings  from 
these efforts;

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

•

the potential for disruptions in our supply chain or our distribution capabilities from circumstances beyond our control, 
including due to lack of long-term contracts, severe weather, labor shortage or work stoppages or otherwise;

• moderated supplier promotional activity, including decreased forward buying opportunities;
•
•
•
•
•
•

union-organizing activities that could cause labor relations difficulties and increased costs;
the potential for additional asset impairment charges;
our ability to maintain food quality and safety;
volatility in fuel costs;
volatility in foreign exchange rates; and
our ability to identify and successfully complete asset or business acquisitions.

You  should  carefully  review  the  risks  described  under  “Risk  Factors”  included  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  as  well  as  any  other 
cautionary language in this Annual Report, as the occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect, which may be 
material, on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Business Overview

UNFI is a leading distributor of grocery and non-food products, and support services provider to retailers in the United States 
and  Canada.  We  believe  we  are  uniquely  positioned  to  provide  the  broadest  array  of  products  and  services  to  customers 
throughout North America. Our diversified customer base includes over 30,000 customer locations ranging from some of the 
largest grocers in the country to smaller independents as well. We offer approximately 260,000 products consisting of national, 
regional and private label brands grouped into six product categories: grocery and general merchandise; produce; perishables 
and  frozen  foods;  nutritional  supplements  and  sports  nutrition;  bulk  and  foodservice  products;  and  personal  care  items.  We 
believe we are North America’s premier wholesaler with 56 distribution centers and warehouses representing approximately 30 
million  square  feet  of  warehouse  space.  We  are  a  coast-to-coast  distributor  with  customers  in  all  50  states  as  well  as  all  ten 
provinces  in  Canada,  making  us  a  desirable  partner  for  retailers  and  consumer  product  manufacturers.  We  believe  our  total 
product  assortment  and  service  offerings  are  unmatched  by  our  wholesale  competitors.  We  plan  to  continue  to  pursue  new 
business  opportunities  with  independent  retailers  that  operate  diverse  formats,  regional  and  national  chains,  as  well  as 
international customers with wide-ranging needs. Our business is classified into two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail; 
and also includes a manufacturing division and a branded product line division.

We are committed to executing our Fuel the Future strategy with the mission of building a food ecosystem that is better for all 
by  delivering  great  food,  more  choices  and  fresh  thinking  for  our  customers  and  suppliers.  Our  Fuel  the  Future  strategy 
consists of six pillars and is underpinned by four focus areas, which are detailed in Business in Part I. Item 1 of this Annual 
Report. Collectively, the actions and plans behind each focus area are meant to capitalize on our unique position in the food 
distribution industry, including the number and location of distribution centers we operate, the array of services and the data 
driven insights that we are able to customize for each of our customers, our innovation platforms and the growth potential we 
see in each, our commitment to our people and the planet and the positioning of our retail operations.

We  expect  to  continue  to  use  available  capital  to  re-invest  in  our  business  to  support  our  Fuel  the  Future  initiatives  and  to 
reduce  outstanding  debt  and  are  committed  to  improving  our  financial  leverage.  As  our  financial  leverage  has  declined  over 
time,  it  also  offers  us  increased  flexibility  to  invest  in  growing  our  business  and  selectively  return  cash  to  shareholders  as 
appropriate.

We believe our Fuel the Future strategy will further accelerate our growth through increasing sales of products and services, 
providing  tailored,  data-driven  solutions  to  help  our  customers  run  their  businesses  more  efficiently  and  contributing  to 
customer acquisitions. We believe the key drivers for new customer growth will be the benefits of our significant scale, product 
and service offerings and nationwide footprint.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting our Business

Our  results  are  impacted  by  macroeconomic  and  demographic  trends,  changes  in  the  food  distribution  market  structure  and 
changes in consumer behavior. We believe food-at-home expenditures as a percentage of total food expenditures are subject to 
these trends, including changes in consumer behaviors in response to social and economic trends, such as levels of disposable 
income and the health of the economy in which our customers and our stores operate. 

28

 Table of Contents

The U.S. economy has experienced economic volatility in recent years due to uncertain economic conditions, which have had 
and we expect may continue to have an impact on consumer confidence in the future. Consumer spending may be impacted by 
levels of discretionary income and consumers trading down to a less expensive mix of products for grocery items. In addition, 
inflation has increased and continues to be unpredictable. For example, we experienced volatility in our energy operating costs 
and commodity input costs of our manufacturers impacted prices of products we procured. We believe our product mix ranging 
from high-quality natural and organic products to national and local conventional brands, including cost conscious private label 
brands, positions us to serve a broad cross section of North American retailers and end customers, and lessens any impact of 
shifts in consumer and industry trends in grocery product mix. 

We  continued  to  experience  a  tight  labor  market  for  our  warehouse  and  driver  associates  in  fiscal  2022,  which  has  caused 
additional  reliance  on  third-party  resources,  incremental  hiring  and  increases  in  wages,  all  of  which  led  to  higher  labor 
expenses.  We  believe  this  operating  environment  has  been  impacted  by  labor  force  availability,  in  part  as  a  result  of  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, which we refer to as the pandemic. We continue to take actions to maintain existing employment levels, 
fill open roles and prepare for future employment needs. 

Uncertainty  remains  regarding  the  longer-term  impact  of  the  pandemic  on  our  business,  as  global  economies,  markets  and 
supply chains respond to the ongoing effects. We continue to monitor guidelines released by the Centers for Disease Control 
and  Prevention  and  the  World  Health  Organization  and,  when  appropriate,  implement  mitigation  measures  to  protect  our 
associates, including safety protocols and strongly encouraging vaccinations/boosters. Our results could be impacted by, among 
other factors, any resurgence of infection rates and new variants of COVID-19 with higher transmissibility, the availability and 
efficacy  of  vaccines  and  treatments,  actions  taken  by  governmental  authorities  and  other  third  parties  in  response  to  the 
pandemic such as health and safety orders and mandates, companies’ remote work policies, any economic downturn, the impact 
on capital and financial markets, food-at-home purchasing levels and other consumer trends, each of which is uncertain. Any of 
these disruptions could adversely impact our business and results of operations. 

We believe that changes in work being done outside of the traditional office setting will continue to contribute to more food 
being consumed at home. The impact of the pandemic, also drove growth in eCommerce utilization by grocery consumers. We 
have benefited from this trend through the growth of our traditional eCommerce customers, our online marketplace connecting 
suppliers and retailers, and our EasyOptions website, which directly services non-traditional customers. We are also impacted 
by changes in food distribution trends affecting our Wholesale customers, such as direct store deliveries and other methods of 
distribution. Our Wholesale customers manage their businesses independently and operate in a competitive environment. 

Wholesale Distribution Center Network

We evaluate our distribution center network to optimize its performance and expect to incur incremental expenses related to any 
future network realignment, expansion or improvements and are working to both minimize these costs and obtain new business 
to further improve the efficiency of our transforming distribution network. 

In fiscal 2022, our Allentown, Pennsylvania distribution center began operations, with a capacity of 1.3 million square feet to 
service  customers  in  the  surrounding  geographic  area.  We  incurred  start-up  costs  and  operating  losses,  as  the  volume  in  this 
facility ramped up to its operating capacity. 

Retail Operations 

We currently operate 73 continuing operations Retail grocery stores, including 54 Cub Foods corporate stores and 19 Shoppers 
Food  Warehouse  stores.  In  addition,  we  supply  another  26  Cub  Foods  stores  operated  by  our  Wholesale  customers  through 
franchise and equity ownership arrangements. We operate 81 pharmacies primarily within our stores we operate and the stores 
of our franchisees. In addition, we operate 23 “Cub Wine and Spirit” and “Cub Liquor” stores. 

We’re  committed  to  investing  in  our  Retail  segment  in  areas  such  as  customer-facing  merchandising  initiatives,  physical  
facilities, technology, and operational tools. Cub Foods and Shoppers Food Warehouse also invested in improving the customer 
and associate experience through express remodels focused on customer facing elements; 14 projects were completed in fiscal 
2022 with a majority finishing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022.

29

 Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation

We  experienced  a  mix  of  inflation  across  product  categories  during  fiscal  2022.  In  the  aggregate  across  our  businesses, 
including the mix of products, management estimates our businesses experienced product cost inflation of approximately six 
percent  in  fiscal  2022.  Cost  inflation  estimates  are  based  on  individual  like  items  sold  during  the  periods  being  compared. 
Changes  in  merchandising,  customer  buying  habits  and  competitive  pressures  create  inherent  difficulties  in  measuring  the 
impact of inflation on Net sales and Gross profit. Absent any changes in units sold or the mix of units sold, inflation generally 
has the effect of increasing sales. Under the last-in, first out (“LIFO”) method of inventory accounting, product cost increases 
are  recognized  within  Cost  of  sales  based  on  expected  year-end  inventory  quantities  and  costs,  which  has  the  effect  of 
decreasing Gross profit and the carrying value of inventory during periods of inflation.

Our pricing to our customers is determined at the time of sale primarily based on the then prevailing vendor listed base cost, 
and includes discounts we offer to our customers. Generally, in an inflationary environment as a wholesaler, rising vendor costs 
result in higher Net sales driven by higher vendor prices when other variables such as quantities sold and vendor promotions are 
constant.  In  addition,  as  discussed  above,  we  have  experienced  higher  costs  of  services  from  labor,  transportation  and  other 
services expenses.

Composition of Consolidated Statements of Operations and Business Performance Assessment

Net sales
Our Net sales consist primarily of product sales of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food 
products,  and  support  services  revenue  from  retailers,  adjusted  for  customer  volume  discounts,  vendor  incentives  when 
applicable,  returns  and  allowances,  and  professional  services  revenue.  Net  sales  also  include  amounts  charged  by  us  to 
customers for shipping and handling and fuel surcharges. 

Cost of sales and Gross profit
The principal components of our Cost of sales include the amounts paid to suppliers for product sold, plus transportation costs 
necessary  to  bring  the  product  to,  or  move  product  between,  our  distribution  centers  and  retail  stores,  partially  offset  by 
consideration  received  from  suppliers  in  connection  with  the  purchase  or  promotion  of  the  suppliers’  products.  Our  gross 
margin  may  not  be  comparable  to  other  similar  companies  within  our  industry  that  may  include  all  costs  related  to  their 
distribution network in their costs of sales rather than as operating expenses. 

Operating expenses
Operating  expenses  include  distribution  expenses  of  warehousing,  delivery,  purchasing,  receiving,  selecting,  and  outbound 
transportation  expenses,  and  selling  and  administrative  expenses.  These  expenses  include  salaries  and  wages,  employee 
benefits, occupancy, insurance, depreciation and amortization expense, and share-based compensation expense. 

Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses
Restructuring,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses  reflect  expenses  resulting  from  restructuring  activities,  including 
severance  costs,  facility  closure  asset  impairment  charges  and  costs,  share-based  compensation  acceleration  charges  and 
acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses.  Integration  related  expenses  include  certain  professional  consulting  expenses 
related to business transformation and incremental expenses related to combining facilities required to optimize our distribution 
network as a result of acquisitions.

Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Net  periodic  benefit  income,  excluding  service  cost  reflects  the  recognition  of  expected  returns  on  benefit  plan  assets  and 
interest costs on plan liabilities.

Interest expense, net
Interest  expense,  net  includes  primarily  interest  expense  on  long-term  debt,  net  of  capitalized  interest,  loss  on  debt 
extinguishment,  interest  expense  on  finance  lease  obligations,  amortization  of  financing  costs  and  discounts,  and  interest 
income. 

30

 
 Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
in the United States (“GAAP”). In addition to the GAAP results, we consider certain non-GAAP financial measures to assess 
the performance of our business and understand underlying operating performance and core business trends, which we use to 
facilitate operating performance comparisons of our business on a consistent basis over time. Adjusted EBITDA is provided as 
a supplement to our results of operations and related analysis, and should not be considered superior to, a substitute for or an 
alternative  to,  any  financial  measure  of  performance  prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Adjusted  EBITDA 
excludes  certain  items  because  they  are  non-cash  items  or  items  that  do  not  reflect  management’s  assessment  of  ongoing 
business performance. 

We  believe  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  useful  to  investors  and  financial  institutions  because  it  provides  additional  information 
regarding  factors  and  trends  affecting  our  business,  which  are  used  in  the  business  planning  process  to  understand  expected 
operating performance, to evaluate results against those expectations, and because of its importance as a measure of underlying 
operating performance, as the primary compensation performance measure under certain compensation programs and plans. We 
believe  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  reflective  of  factors  that  affect  our  underlying  operating  performance  and  facilitate  operating 
performance  comparisons  of  our  business  on  a  consistent  basis  over  time.  Investors  are  cautioned  that  there  are  material 
limitations  associated  with  the  use  of  non-GAAP  financial  measures  as  an  analytical  tool.  Certain  adjustments  to  our  GAAP 
financial  measures  reflected  below  exclude  items  that  may  be  considered  recurring  in  nature  and  may  be  reflected  in  our 
financial results for the foreseeable future. These measurements and items may be different from non-GAAP financial measures 
used by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be reviewed in conjunction with our results reported in accordance with 
GAAP in this Annual Report.

There are significant limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure including, but not limited to, it not reflecting 
the  cost  of  cash  expenditures  for  capital  assets  or  certain  other  contractual  commitments,  finance  lease  obligation  and  debt 
service expenses, income taxes and any impacts from changes in working capital.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as a consolidated measure inclusive of continuing and discontinued operations results, which we 
reconcile by adding Net income (loss) from continuing operations, less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, plus 
Non-operating income and expenses, including Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost, Interest expense, net and 
Other,  net,  plus  Provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  and  Depreciation  and  amortization  all  calculated  in  accordance  with 
GAAP,  plus  adjustments  for  Share-based  compensation,  non-cash  LIFO  charge  or  benefit,  Restructuring,  acquisition  and 
integration related expenses, Goodwill impairment charges, (Gain) loss on sale of assets, certain legal charges and gains, certain 
other  non-cash  charges  or  other  items,  as  determined  by  management,  plus  Adjusted  EBITDA  of  discontinued  operations 
calculated in a manner consistent with the results of continuing operations, outlined above. 

During  fiscal  2022,  we  revised  our  definition  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  exclude  the  impact  of  the  non-cash  LIFO  charge  or 
benefit.  We  believe  that  this  change  provides  a  better  indicator  of  our  underlying  operating  performance  and  permits  better 
comparability between periods. Refer to footnote four in the table below and Note 16—Business Segments in Part II, Item 8 of 
this Annual Report for additional information regarding the impact of the change in definition of Adjusted EBITDA. 

31

 Table of Contents

Assessment of Our Business Results

The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. We have 
revised the following tables for the change in segment profit measurement for Adjusted EBITDA as discussed in Note 16—
Business Segments within Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

(in millions)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related 

expenses

(Gain) loss on sale of assets
Operating income (loss)
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income 

taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods, 

Inc.

Adjusted EBITDA

2022
(52 weeks)

2021
(52 weeks)

2020
(52 weeks)

Increase (Decrease)

2022

2021

$ 

28,928  $ 

26,950  $ 

26,559  $ 

1,978  $ 

24,746 

4,182 

3,825 

— 

21 

(87) 

423 

(40) 

155 

(2) 

310 

56 

254 

— 

254 

(6) 

23,011 

22,670 

1,735 

3,939 

3,593 

— 

56 

(4) 

294 

(85) 

204 

(8) 

183 

34 

149 

6 

155 

(6) 

3,889 

3,552 

425 

87 

18 

(193) 

(39) 

192 

(4) 

(342) 

(91) 

(251) 

(18) 

(269) 

(5) 

243 

232 

— 

(35) 

(83) 

129 

45 

(49) 

6 

127 

22 

105 

(6) 

99 

— 

391 

341 

50 

41 

(425) 

(31) 

(22) 

487 

(46) 

12 

(4) 

525 

125 

400 

24 

424 

(1) 

$ 

$ 

248  $ 

149  $ 

(274)  $ 

99  $ 

423 

829  $ 

770  $ 

691  $ 

59  $ 

79 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss) from continuing operations and to Income (loss) from 
discontinued operations, net of tax.

(in millions)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments to continuing operations net income (loss):
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost(1)
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(2)
Depreciation and amortization
Share-based compensation
Goodwill impairment charges(3)
LIFO charge(4)
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses(5)
(Gain) loss on sale of assets(6)
Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal (benefit) charges(7)
Notes receivable charges(8)
Legal reserve charge, net of settlement income(9)
Other retail expense(10)

Adjusted EBITDA of continuing operations
Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations(11)
Adjusted EBITDA

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(11)
Adjustments to discontinued operations net income (loss):

Benefit for income taxes
Restructuring, store closure and other charges, net(12)

Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations(11)

2022
(52 weeks)
$ 

254  $ 

2021
(52 weeks)

2020
(52 weeks)

149  $ 

(251) 

(6)   
(85)   
204 

(8)   
34 
285 
49 
— 
24 
56 
(4)   
63 
— 
— 
5 
766 
4 
770  $ 

(5) 
(39) 
192 
(4) 
(91) 
282 
34 
425 
18 
87 
18 
— 
13 
1 
1 
681 
10 
691 

(6)   
(40)   
155 

(2)   
56 
285 
43 
— 
158 
21 
(87)   
(8)   
— 
— 
— 
829 
— 
829  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

6  $ 

(18) 

— 
— 
—  $ 

(1)   
(1)   
4  $ 

(5) 
33 
10 

(1) Fiscal 2021 includes a postretirement settlement gain of $17 million associated with the termination of remaining corporate plans. 
Fiscal 2020 includes a lump sum defined benefit pension plan settlement expense of $11 million associated with the acceleration of 
a portion of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial loss as a result of the lump sum settlement payments.

(2) Fiscal 2020 includes the tax benefit from the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, which includes the 

impact of tax loss carrybacks to 35% tax years allowed under the CARES Act.

(3) Fiscal 2020 primarily reflects a goodwill impairment charge attributable to a reorganization of our reporting units and a sustained 
decrease in market capitalization and enterprise value of the Company, resulting in a decline in the estimated fair value of the U.S. 
Wholesale reporting unit. In addition, this charge includes a goodwill finalization charge attributable to the Supervalu acquisition 
and an asset impairment charge. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for 
additional information.

(4) During  fiscal  2022,  we  revised  our  definition  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  exclude  the  impact  of  the  non-cash  LIFO  charge.  The 

following illustrates the impact of the revised definition on previously reported periods to show the effect of this change:

(in millions)

2021
(52 weeks)

2020
(52 weeks)

Adjusted EBITDA of continuing operations (previously reported definition)

$ 

742  $ 

LIFO charge

Adjusted EBITDA of continuing operations (current definition)

Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations

Adjusted EBITDA (current definition)

24 

766 

4 

$ 

770  $ 

663 

18 

681 

10 

691 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

(5) Fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 primarily reflects costs associated with advisory and transformational activities to position our business 
for  further  value-creation.  In  addition,  fiscal  2021  includes  costs  associated  with  distribution  center  consolidations.  Fiscal  2020 
primarily  reflects  Shoppers  asset  impairment  charges,  closed  property  and  distribution  center  impairment  charges  and  costs,  and 
administrative  fees  associated  with  integration  activities.  Refer  to  Note  4—Restructuring,  Acquisition  and  Integration  Related 
Expenses in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information.

(6) Fiscal  2022  primarily  reflects  the  gain  on  sale  of  our  Riverside,  California  distribution  center  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2022. 
Fiscal 2020 primarily reflects a $50 million accumulated depreciation and amortization charge related to the requirement to move 
Retail  from  discontinued  operations  to  continuing  operations,  partially  offset  by  $32  million  of  gains  on  the  sale  of  distribution 
centers and other assets.

(7) Fiscal  2022  reflects  an  adjustment  to  multiemployer  withdrawal  charge  estimates.  Fiscal  2021  includes  charges  related  to 

withdrawal liabilities from three Retail multiemployer pension plans. 

(8) Reflects reserves and charges for notes receivable issued by Supervalu prior to our acquisition to finance the purchase of stores by 

its customers. 

(9) Reflects a charge to settle a legal proceeding and income received to settle a separate legal proceeding. 
(10) Reflects expenses associated with event-specific damages to certain retail stores. 
(11) We believe the inclusion of discontinued operations results within Adjusted EBITDA provides investors a meaningful measure of 

performance.

(12) Amounts  represent  store  closure  charges  and  costs,  operational  wind-down  and  inventory  charges,  and  asset  impairment  charges 

related to discontinued operations. Fiscal 2021 also reflects income related to a severance benefit.

The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations, our segment results and financial position 
for fiscal years 2022 and 2021. For a comparison of our consolidated results of operations, segment results and financial 
position  for  fiscal  years  2021  and  2020,  see  Item  7  of  Part  II,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations”, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2021.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal year ended July 30, 2022 (fiscal 2022) compared to fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 (fiscal 2021)

Net Sales

Our Net sales by customer channel was as follows (in millions except percentages):

Customer Channel(1)
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total net sales

2022
(52 weeks)

2021
(52 weeks)

Increase (Decrease)
%
$

$ 

$ 

12,562  $ 
7,360 
5,719 
2,468 
2,402 
(1,583)   
28,928  $ 

12,104  $ 
6,638 
5,050 
2,442 
2,300 
(1,584)   
26,950  $ 

458 
722 
669 
26 
102 
1 
1,978 

 3.8 %
 10.9 %
 13.2 %
 1.1 %
 4.4 %
 (0.1) %
 7.3 %

(1) Refer  to  Note  3—Revenue  Recognition  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report  for  our  channel  definitions  and  additional 

information.

Our Net sales for fiscal 2022 increased 7.3% from fiscal 2021. The increase in Net sales for fiscal 2022 was primarily driven by 
inflation  and  new  business  from  both  existing  and  new  customers,  including  the  benefit  of  cross-selling,  partially  offset  by 
supply chain challenges and reduced unit sales growth. 

Chains Net sales increased primarily due to growth in sales to existing customers, including an increase from higher product 
costs, which drove higher wholesale selling prices to our customers, partially offset by supply chain challenges and reduced unit 
sales growth. 

Independent retailers Net sales increased primarily due to sales under a supply agreement with a new customer for East Coast 
locations commencing in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and growth in sales to existing customers, including an increase from 
higher product costs, which drove higher wholesale selling prices to our customers, partially offset by supply chain challenges 
and reduced unit sales growth. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Supernatural Net sales increased primarily due to growth in existing store sales, including the supply of new product categories 
previously impacted by the pandemic and new fresh categories, such as bulk and ingredients used for prepared foods, inflation, 
and increased sales to new stores.

Retail’s Net sales increased primarily due to a 0.9% increase in identical store sales from higher average basket sizes, including 
an increase from higher product costs.

Other Net sales increased primarily due to a $93 million increase in sales to eCommerce customers.

Eliminations Net sales primarily relate to Wholesale’s sales to Retail.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Our  Gross  profit  increased  $243  million,  or  6.2%,  to  $4,182  million  in  fiscal  2022,  from  $3,939  million  in  fiscal  2021.  Our 
Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  Net  sales  decreased  slightly  to  14.5%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  14.6%  in  fiscal  2021.  The 
LIFO  charge  was  $158  million  and  $24  million  in  fiscal  2022  and  fiscal  2021,  respectively.  Excluding  the  non-cash  LIFO 
charge,  Gross  profit  rate  was  15.0%  of  Net  sales  and  14.7%  of  Net  sales  for  fiscal  2022  and  fiscal  2021,  respectively.  The 
increase in the Gross profit rate, excluding the LIFO charge, was driven by improvements in the Wholesale segment margin 
rate, including the impact of inflation and the Company’s efficiency initiatives, partially offset by approximately 60 basis points 
from changes in certain larger customer mix. 

Operating Expenses

Operating  expenses  increased  $232  million,  or  6.5%,  to  $3,825  million,  or  13.2%  of  Net  sales,  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to 
$3,593  million,  or  13.3%  of  Net  sales,  in  fiscal  2021.  Operating  expenses  in  fiscal  2022  included  an  $8  million  Retail 
multiemployer  pension  plan  withdrawal  benefit,  compared  to  a  $63  million  Retail  multiemployer  pension  plan  withdrawal 
charge  in  fiscal  2021  discussed  below.  Excluding  the  multiemployer  pension  plan  withdrawal  impacts  in  both  periods, 
Operating  expenses  were  13.3%  and  13.1%  in  fiscal  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  The  remaining  20  basis  point  increase  in 
Operating expenses as a percent of Net sales was primarily driven by continued investments in servicing our customers, which 
led  to  approximately  50  basis  points  of  higher  transportation  expenses  and  distribution  labor  costs  in  fiscal  2022,  higher 
occupancy costs, and the temporary, voluntary closure of a distribution center in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. These increases 
were partially offset by leveraging fixed expenses and the non-recurrence of distribution center start-up and consolidation costs 
incurred in the Pacific Northwest last year.

In fiscal 2021, our Retail optimization efforts included updating our benefit plan offerings to a defined contribution plan as a 
replacement  for  three  multiemployer  pension  plans  to  which  we  contributed  pursuant  to  Cub  Foods  collective  bargaining 
agreements.  In  fiscal  2021,  we  withdrew  from  participating  in  these  Retail  multiemployer  pension  plans,  resulting  in  a 
$63 million withdrawal charge. This estimated withdrawal liability was adjusted to $55 million in fiscal 2022, resulting in the 
benefit discussed above. It is possible we could incur withdrawal liabilities for certain additional multiemployer pension plan 
obligations in the future as we negotiate new collective bargaining agreements with a number of our unions in normal course.

Restructuring, Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses

Restructuring,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses  were  $21  million  for  fiscal  2022,  which  primarily  included 
integration  costs  associated  with  transformational  and  advisory  activities  to  position  our  business  for  further  value  creation. 
Expenses for fiscal 2021 were $56 million, which included $50 million of integration costs primarily associated with advisory 
and  transformational  activities  to  position  our  business  for  further  value  creation  following  the  Supervalu  acquisition  and  $6 
million of closed property charges.

Gain on Sale of Assets

Gain on sale of assets was $87 million in fiscal 2022, which increased $83 million from $4 million in fiscal 2021. During fiscal 
2022,  we  acquired  the  real  property  of  our  Riverside,  California  distribution  center  for  approximately  $153  million. 
Immediately following this acquisition, we monetized this property through a sale-leaseback transaction, pursuant to which we 
received $225 million in aggregate proceeds for the sale of the property, which represented the fair value of the property. Under 
the terms of the sale-leaseback agreement, we entered into a lease for the distribution center for a term of 15 years. We recorded 
a pre-tax Gain on sale of approximately $87 million in fiscal 2022 as a result of the transactions, which primarily reflects the 
pre-tax net proceeds.

35

 Table of Contents

Operating Income

Reflecting  the  factors  described  above,  Operating  income  increased  $129  million  to  $423  million  in  fiscal  2022,  from  $294 
million in fiscal 2021. The increase in Operating income was primarily driven by an increase in Gross profit, Gain on sale of 
assets  and  lower  Restructuring,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  Operating 
expenses.

Net Periodic Benefit Income, Excluding Service Cost

Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost decreased $45 million to $40 million in fiscal 2022, from $85 million in 
fiscal 2021. The decrease in Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost was primarily driven by $22 million of lower 
income from expected returns on plan assets from a higher target investment allocation to fixed income assets in 2022 and a 
$17  million  settlement  gain  for  the  purchase  of  an  irrevocable  annuity  to  settle  participants’  post-employment  obligations  in 
fiscal 2021.

Interest Expense, Net

(in millions)
Interest expense on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest
Interest expense on finance lease obligations
Amortization of financing costs and discounts
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest income
Interest expense, net

2022
(52 weeks)

2021
(52 weeks)

Increase 
(Decrease)

$ 

$ 

126  $ 
11 
12 
7 
(1)   
155  $ 

143  $ 
19 
13 
30 
(1)   
204  $ 

(17) 
(8) 
(1) 
(23) 
— 
(49) 

The  decrease  in  interest  expense  on  long-term  debt,  net  of  capitalized  interest,  for  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021  was 
primarily  driven  by  lower  outstanding  debt  balances  and  lower  net  interest  expense  related  to  our  portfolio  of  interest  rate 
swaps.

The  decrease  in  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  costs  primarily  reflects  the  acceleration  of  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  and 
original issue discounts related to mandatory and voluntary prepayments on the Term Loan Facility made in fiscal 2021. Refer 
to Note 9—Long-Term Debt in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate for continuing operations was an expense of 18.1% compared to an expense of 18.6% in fiscal 
2022 and 2021, respectively. For fiscal 2022, the effective tax rate was reduced by the impact of discrete tax benefits related to 
employee  stock  awards  and  the  release  of  unrecognized  tax  positions,  partially  offset  by  non-deductible  executive 
compensation. For fiscal 2021, the effective tax rate was reduced by solar and employment tax credits, including the tax credit 
impact  of  a  fiscal  2021  investment  in  an  equity  method  partnership,  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits, 
excess  tax  deductions  attributable  to  share-based  compensation  and  inventory  deductions,  as  well  as  the  impact  of  favorable 
return-to-provision adjustments.  

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

The results of discontinued operations for fiscal 2021 reflect Net sales of $42 million for which we recognized $14 million of 
Gross profit and $9 million of Income from discontinued operations, net of tax. Discontinued operations results of operations in 
fiscal  2022  were  insignificant.  Refer  to  Note  18—Discontinued  Operations  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report  for 
additional information.

Net Income Attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.

Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, Net income attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc. was $248 million, 
or  $4.07  per  diluted  common  share,  in  fiscal  2022,  compared  to  $149  million,  or  $2.48  per  diluted  common  share,  in  fiscal 
2021. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations

In evaluating financial performance in each business segment, management primarily uses Net sales and Adjusted EBITDA of 
its  business  segments  as  discussed  and  reconciled  within  Note  16—Business  Segments  within  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual 
Report  and  the  above  table  within  the  Executive  Overview  section.  The  following  tables  set  forth  Net  sales  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated.

(in millions)
Net sales:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total Net sales
Continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA:
Wholesale(1)
Retail(1)
Other
Eliminations
Total continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA

2022
(52 weeks)

2021
(52 weeks)

2020
(52 weeks)

Increase (Decrease)

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

27,824  $ 
2,468 
219 
(1,583)   
28,928  $ 

25,873  $ 
2,442 
219 
(1,584)   
26,950  $ 

25,525  $ 
2,375 
228 
(1,569)   
26,559  $ 

696  $ 
98 
44 
(9)   
829  $ 

677  $ 
98 
(10)   
1 
766  $ 

610  $ 
89 
(16)   
(2)   
681  $ 

1,951  $ 
26 
— 
1 
1,978  $ 

19  $ 
— 
54 
(10)   
63  $ 

348 
67 
(9) 
(15) 
391 

67 
9 
6 
3 
85 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA amounts as previously reported by segment have been recast to conform with the revised segment 
profit measure of Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes the non-cash LIFO charge. The effect of the revision increased 
Adjusted  EBITDA  for  Wholesale  and  Retail  by  $23  million  and  $2  million  in  fiscal  2021,  respectively,  decreased 
Adjusted EBITDA of Other by $1 million in fiscal 2021, and increased Adjusted EBITDA of Wholesale and Retail in 
fiscal 2020 by $17 million and $1 million, respectively.

Net Sales

Wholesale’s  Net  sales  increased  in  fiscal  2022  as  compared  to  fiscal  2021  primarily  due  to  growth  in  sales  to  existing 
customers, including an increase from higher product costs, in Independent retailers, Supernatural and Chains, as discussed in 
Results of Operations- Fiscal year ended July 30, 2022 (fiscal 2022) compared to fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 (fiscal 2021) - 
Net Sales above.

Retail’s Net sales increased for fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021 primarily due to a 0.9% increase in identical store sales 
from higher average basket sizes, including an increase from higher product costs.

Adjusted EBITDA

Wholesale’s Adjusted EBITDA increased 3% in fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021. The increase was driven by gross profit 
expansion,  excluding  the  LIFO  charge,  in  excess  of  higher  operating  costs.  Wholesale’s  Gross  profit  increase  excluding  the 
LIFO charge for fiscal 2022 was $386 million and gross profit rate increased approximately 51 basis points driven by margin 
rate expansion from the benefits of inflation and the Company’s ValuePath initiative, which was partially offset by changes in 
customer  mix.  Wholesale’s  Operating  expense  increased  $366  million,  which  excludes  depreciation  and  amortization,  share-
based compensation, LIFO charge and other adjustments as outlined in Note 16—Business Segments. Wholesale’s operating 
expense  rate  increased  62  basis  points  primarily  driven  by  continued  investments  in  servicing  our  customers,  which  led  to 
approximately 50 basis points of higher transportation expenses and distribution labor costs in fiscal 2022, higher occupancy 
costs,  and  the  temporary,  voluntary  closure  of  a  distribution  center  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2022.  These  increases  were 
partially  offset  by  leveraging  fixed  expenses  and  distribution  center  start-up  and  consolidation  costs  incurred  in  the  Pacific 
Northwest last year. Wholesale’s depreciation expense increased $2 million compared to fiscal 2021.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Retail’s  Adjusted  EBITDA  was  unchanged  in  fiscal  2022  as  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  Retail’s  Gross  profit  dollar  growth 
excluding  the  LIFO  charge  in  fiscal  2022  was  $12  million  and  its  gross  profit  rate  increased  20  basis  points  from  lower 
promotional activity. This increase was primarily offset by higher employee and occupancy costs. Retail’s Adjusted EBITDA 
excludes depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, LIFO charge and other adjustments as outlined in Note 16
—Business Segments in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Retail’s depreciation and amortization expense was unchanged 
compared to fiscal 2021. 

Other Adjusted EBITDA improved 540% in fiscal 2022 primarily due to lower corporate overhead costs, including pandemic 
related costs and administrative costs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Highlights

•

•

•

•

•

•

Total liquidity as of July 30, 2022 was $1,671 million and consisted of the following:
◦

Unused credit under our $2,600 million secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”, 
described below) was $1,627 million as of July 30, 2022, which increased $347 million from $1,280 million as 
of July 31, 2021, primarily due to entering into a new, larger ABL Facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 as 
described  below,  partially  offset  by  cash  utilized  to  fund  a  voluntary  prepayment  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility 
(described below).
Cash and cash equivalents was $44 million as of July 30, 2022, which increased $3 million from $41 million as of 
July 31, 2021.

◦

Our total debt decreased $65 million to $2,123 million as of July 30, 2022 from $2,188 million as of July 31, 2021, 
primarily driven by debt repayments from net cash flow contributions from operating activities and net proceeds from 
asset sales, partially offset by payments for capital expenditures during fiscal 2022.
In the second quarter of fiscal 2022, we made a voluntary prepayment of $150 million on the term loan agreement (the 
“Term  Loan  Agreement”)  related  to  our  $1,950  million  term  loan  facility  (the  “Term  Loan  Facility”)  funded  with 
incremental borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility that reduced our interest costs. Also in the second quarter of 
fiscal  2022,  prior  to  transitioning  to  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rates  (“SOFR”),  we  amended  our  Term  Loan 
Agreement to reduce the applicable margin for London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and base rate loans under 
the Term Loan Facility by 25 basis points.
In  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  we  acquired  the  real  property  of  our  Riverside,  California  distribution  center  for 
approximately $153 million, which reduced our Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease liabilities by $96 
million  with  the  remainder  primarily  reducing  our  Accrued  expenses  and  other  current  liabilities.  Immediately 
following  this  acquisition,  we  monetized  this  property  through  a  sale-leaseback  transaction,  pursuant  to  which  we 
received  $225  million  in  aggregate  proceeds  for  the  sale  of  the  property.  In  March  2022,  we  made  a  $44  million 
voluntary prepayment on the Term Loan Facility from the after-tax net proceeds from the transactions. 
In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  we  entered  into  a  new  loan  agreement  (the  “ABL  Loan  Agreement”),  which 
provides for a $2,600 million ABL Credit Facility with an extended maturity to fiscal 2027, and we used borrowings 
thereunder  to  repay  all  amounts  outstanding  under  and  terminate  the  then  outstanding  ABL  credit  facility.  Our  total 
available liquidity increased by $500 million in connection with this refinancing, which reflects our borrowing base 
levels  at  closing.  The  ABL  Loan  Agreement  utilizes  Term  SOFR  and  Prime  rates  as  the  benchmark  interest  rates. 
Borrowings  under  the  ABL  Loan  Agreement  bear  interest  at  rates  that,  at  the  applicable  borrowers’  option,  can  be 
either: (i) a base rate plus a 0.00% - 0.25% margin or (ii) a Term SOFR rate plus a 1.00% - 1.25% margin. Refer to 
Note  9—Long-Term  Debt  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report.  Also  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  we 
amended the Term Loan Agreement to change the Term Loan Facility reference rate from LIBOR to Term SOFR.
In  fiscal  2023,  scheduled  debt  maturities  are  expected  to  be  $14  million.  Based  on  our  Consolidated  First  Lien  Net 
Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) at the end of fiscal 2022, no prepayment from Excess Cash 
Flow in fiscal 2022 is required to be made in fiscal 2023.

• Working capital increased $317 million to $1,380 million as of July 30, 2022 from $1,063 million as of July 31, 2021, 
primarily due to the increase in inventory and accounts receivable levels related to new customers and sales growth of 
existing customers combined with the decrease in the current portion of finance lease liabilities and accrued expenses 
related to the contractual requirement to acquire the Riverside, California distribution center discussed above, which 
were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable related to inventories.

38

 Table of Contents

Sources and Uses of Cash

We  expect  to  continue  to  replenish  operating  assets  and  pay  down  debt  obligations  with  internally  generated  funds.  A 
significant reduction in operating earnings or the incurrence of operating losses could have a negative impact on our operating 
cash flow, which may limit our ability to pay down our outstanding indebtedness as planned. Our credit facilities are secured by 
a substantial portion of our total assets. We expect to be able to fund debt maturities and finance lease liabilities through fiscal 
2023 with internally generated funds and borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility.

Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  from  internally  generated  funds  and  from  borrowing  capacity  under  the  ABL  Credit 
Facility. We believe our short-term and long-term financing abilities are adequate as a supplement to internally generated cash 
flows to satisfy debt obligations and fund capital expenditures as opportunities arise. Our continued access to short-term and 
long-term financing through credit markets depends on numerous factors, including the condition of the credit markets and our 
results of operations, cash flows, financial position and credit ratings.

Primary  uses  of  cash  include  debt  service,  capital  expenditures,  working  capital  maintenance  and  income  tax  payments.  We 
typically finance working capital needs with cash provided from operating activities and short-term borrowings. Inventories are 
managed primarily through demand forecasting and replenishing depleted inventories.

We currently do not pay a dividend on our common stock. In addition, we are limited in the aggregate amount of dividends that 
we may pay under the terms of our Term Loan Facility, ABL Credit Facility and Senior Notes. Subject to certain limitations 
contained in our debt agreements and as market conditions warrant, we may from time to time refinance indebtedness that we 
have incurred, including through the incurrence or repayment of loans under existing or new credit facilities or the issuance or 
repayment  of  debt  securities.  Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  any  properties  mortgaged  and  encumbered  under  our  Term  Loan 
Facility are required to be used to make additional Term Loan Facility payments or to be reinvested in the business.

Long-Term Debt

During  fiscal  2022,  we  made  voluntary  prepayments  of  $202  million  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility  and  borrowed  a  net  $139 
million  under  the  ABL  Credit  Facility.  We  entered  into  a  second  amendment  to  the  Term  Loan  Agreement  to,  among  other 
things, reduce the applicable reference rate margin by 0.25%, and a third amendment to the Term Loan Agreement to amend the 
reference  rate  thereunder  from  LIBOR  to  Term  SOFR.  Refer  to  Note  9—Long-Term  Debt  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual 
Report for a detailed discussion of the provisions of our credit facilities and certain long-term debt agreements.

Our Term Loan Agreement and the indenture governing our unsecured 6.75% Senior Notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior 
Notes”) do not include any financial maintenance covenants. Our ABL Loan Agreement subjects us to a fixed charge coverage 
ratio  of  at  least  1.0  to  1.0  calculated  at  the  end  of  each  of  our  fiscal  quarters  on  a  rolling  four  quarter  basis,  if  the  adjusted 
aggregate availability is ever less than the greater of (i) $210 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate borrowing base. We have not 
been subject to the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant under the ABL Loan Agreement, including through the filing date of 
this  Annual  Report.  The  Term  Loan  Agreement,  Senior  Notes  and  ABL  Loan  Agreement  contain  certain  operational  and 
informational  covenants  customary  for  debt  securities  of  these  types  that  limit  our  and  our  restricted  subsidiaries’  ability  to, 
among other things, incur debt, declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to our stockholders, transfer or sell assets, 
create liens on our assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, and merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our and 
our subsidiaries’ assets on a consolidated basis. We were in compliance with all such covenants for all periods presented. If we 
fail  to  comply  with  any  of  these  covenants,  we  may  be  in  default  under  the  applicable  debt  agreement,  and  all  amounts  due 
thereunder may become immediately due and payable.

The  following  chart  outlines  our  scheduled  debt  maturities  by  fiscal  year,  which  excludes  debt  prepayments  that  may  be 
required from Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) generated or sales of mortgaged properties in fiscal 
2023 or beyond. Based on our Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) at the end 
of fiscal 2022, no prepayment from Excess Cash Flow in fiscal 2022 is required to be made in fiscal 2023.

39

 Table of Contents

Derivatives and Hedging Activity

We enter into interest rate swap contracts from time to time to mitigate our exposure to changes in market interest rates as part 
of our strategy to manage our debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of notional debt amounts subject to fixed and 
floating interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts are entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and 
do not constitute positions independent of those exposures.

As discussed above, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we (i) entered into the ABL Loan Agreement, (ii) amended the Term 
Loan  Agreement  to  change  the  Term  Loan  Facility  reference  rate  from  LIBOR  to  Term  SOFR  and  (iii)  amended  our 
outstanding interest rate swap contracts to replace One-Month LIBOR with One-Month Term SOFR. We did not record any 
gains  or  losses  upon  the  conversion  of  the  reference  rates  in  these  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  and  we  believe  these 
amendments will not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The cumulative effect of these changes 
includes the replacement of LIBOR with Term SOFR as the benchmark interest rate for all remaining credit facilities. As such, 
we adopted ASU 2020-04, as discussed in Note 2—Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements in Part II, Item 8 
of this Annual Report, which will allow us to continue to apply hedge accounting to our outstanding interest rate swap contracts 
and  terminated  or  novated  interest  rate  swap  contracts  for  which  the  hedged  interest  rate  transactions  are  still  probable  of 
occurring. 

As of July 30, 2022, we had an aggregate of $1,229 million of floating rate notional debt subject to active interest rate swap 
contracts, which effectively hedge the SOFR component of our interest rate payments through pay fixed and receive floating 
interest  rate  swap  agreements.  These  fixed  rates  range  from  1.795%  to  2.875%,  with  maturities  between  August  2022  and 
October  2025.  The  fair  value  of  these  interest  rate  derivatives  represents  a  total  net  asset  of  $2  million  and  are  subject  to 
volatility based on changes in market interest rates. In fiscal 2021, we paid $17 million to terminate or novate $1,204 million of 
interest rate swap contracts over our floating rate notional debt. The termination payments reflect the amount of accumulated 
other comprehensive loss that will continue to be amortized into interest expense over the original interest rate swap contract 
terms as long as the hedged interest rate transactions are still probable of occurring. See Note 8—Derivatives in Part II, Item 8 
and —Interest Rate Risk in Part II, Item 7A of this Annual Report for additional information.

From time-to-time, we enter into fixed price fuel supply agreements and foreign currency hedges. As of July 30, 2022, we had 
fixed price fuel contracts and foreign currency forward agreements outstanding. Gains and losses and the outstanding assets and 
liabilities from these arrangements are insignificant.

40

 Table of Contents

Payments for Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures decreased $59 million in fiscal 2022 to $251 million compared to $310 million for fiscal 2021. Our 
capital spending for fiscal 2022 and 2021 principally included information technology and supply chain expenditures, including 
investment  in  the  new  Allentown,  Pennsylvania  distribution  center.  Fiscal  2023  capital  spending  is  expected  to  be 
approximately $350 million and include projects that automate, optimize and expand our distribution network, and finance our 
technology platform investments. We expect to finance fiscal 2023 capital expenditures requirements with cash generated from 
operations  and  borrowings  under  our  ABL  Credit  Facility.  Future  investments  may  be  financed  through  long-term  debt  or 
borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility and cash from operations. 

The following chart outlines our capital expenditures by type over the last three fiscal years.

Cash Flow Information

The following summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

(in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing 

operations

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
Net cash used in financing activities
Net cash flows from discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period, including 

discontinued operations

2022
(52 weeks)

2021
(52 weeks)

2020
(52 weeks)

2022

2021

Increase (Decrease)

$ 

331  $ 
(49)   
(279)   
— 
— 
3 
41 

614  $ 
(239)   
(384)   
2 
1 
(6)   
47 

457  $ 
(28)   
(453)   
27 
(1)   
2 
45 

(283)  $ 
190 
105 

(2)   
(1)   
9 
(6)   

157 
(211) 
69 
(25) 
2 
(8) 
2 

$ 

44  $ 

41  $ 

47  $ 

3  $ 

(6) 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021

The decrease in Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was primarily due to higher levels of cash 
invested in net working capital due to higher costs of inventory on hand in excess of Accounts payable increases, and credit 
extended on continued sales growth, partially offset by higher amounts of cash provided from higher earnings in fiscal 2022. 
Our  Accounts  payable  related  to  merchandise  inventory  provide  cash  flow  leverage  against  the  majority,  but  not  all,  of  our 
inventory on hand.

The decrease in Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was primarily due to proceeds received from the 
sale  of  the  Riverside,  California  distribution  center  in  fiscal  2022  discussed  above  and  a  reduction  in  payments  for  capital 
expenditures.

The  decrease  in  Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  of  continuing  operations  was  primarily  due  to  less  cash  available  from 
operating activities, net of cash used in investing activities, to reduce our outstanding debt.

Other Obligations and Commitments

Our principal contractual obligations and commitments consist of obligations under our long-term debt, interest on long-term 
debt, operating and finance leases, purchase obligations, self-insurance liabilities and multiemployer plan withdrawals.

Refer to Note 9—Long-Term Debt, Note 11—Leases, Note 13—Benefit Plans, Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies and 
Note 17—Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part 
II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information on the nature and timing of obligations for debt, leases, benefit plans, 
self-insurance and purchase obligations, respectively. The future amount and timing of interest expense payments are expected 
to vary with the amount and then prevailing contractual interest rates over our debt as discussed in Interest Rate Risk in Part II, 
Item 7A of this Annual Report

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations

We contributed $1 million and $2 million to our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans, respectively, in 
fiscal 2022. As described in further detail in Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report, in fiscal 2022, we 
merged the Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash Balance Plan into the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan. In fiscal 2023, no minimum 
pension  contributions  are  required  to  be  made  under  the  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement  Plan  under  Employee  Retirement 
Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  (“ERISA”).  An  insignificant  amount  of  contributions  are  expected  to  be  made  to 
defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans in fiscal 2023. We fund our defined benefit pension plans based 
on  the  minimum  contribution  required  under  ERISA,  the  Pension  Protection  Act  of  2006  and  other  applicable  laws  and 
additional  contributions  made  at  our  discretion.  We  may  accelerate  contributions  or  undertake  contributions  in  excess  of  the 
minimum requirements from time to time subject to the availability of cash in excess of operating and financing needs or other 
factors  as  may  be  applicable.  We  assess  the  relative  attractiveness  of  the  use  of  cash  to  accelerate  contributions  considering 
such  factors  as  expected  return  on  assets,  discount  rates,  cost  of  debt,  reducing  or  eliminating  required  Pension  Benefit 
Guaranty Corporation variable rate premiums or in order to achieve exemption from participant notices of underfunding.

Off-Balance Sheet Multiemployer Pension Arrangements

We  contribute  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  under  collective  bargaining  agreements,  primarily  defined  benefit 
pension  plans.  These  multiemployer  plans  generally  provide  retirement  benefits  to  participants  based  on  their  service  to 
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible 
for  determining  the  level  of  benefits  to  be  provided  to  participants  as  well  as  the  investment  of  the  assets  and  plan 
administration.  Trustees  are  appointed  in  equal  number  by  employers  and  unions  that  are  parties  to  the  relevant  collective 
bargaining  agreement.  Based  on  the  assessment  of  the  most  recent  information  available  from  the  multiemployer  plans,  we 
believe that most of the plans to which we contribute are underfunded. We are only one of a number of employers contributing 
to these plans and the underfunding is not a direct obligation or liability to us. 

42

 Table of Contents

Our contributions can fluctuate from year to year due to store closures, employer participation within the respective plans and 
reductions in headcount. Our contributions to these plans could increase in the near term. However, the amount of any increase 
or  decrease  in  contributions  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  the  results  of  our  collective  bargaining  efforts, 
investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by the trustees who manage the plans and requirements under 
the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act and Section 412(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
Furthermore, if we were to significantly reduce contributions, exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to 
these plans, we could trigger a partial or complete withdrawal that could require us to record a withdrawal liability obligation 
and make withdrawal liability payments to the fund. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are 
funded, in accordance with GAAP. We made contributions to these plans, and recognized expense of $45 million, $48 million 
and $52 million in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In fiscal 2023, we expect to contribute approximately $51 million 
to  multiemployer  plans  related  to  continuing  operations,  subject  to  the  outcome  of  collective  bargaining  and  capital  market 
conditions.  We  expect  required  cash  payments  to  fund  multiemployer  pension  plans  from  which  we  have  withdrawn  to  be 
insignificant in any one fiscal year, which would exclude any payments that may be agreed to on a lump sum basis to satisfy 
existing withdrawal liabilities. Any future withdrawal liability would be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and 
can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP. Any triggered withdrawal obligation could result in a material charge 
and payment obligations that would be required to be made over an extended period of time. 

We also make contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective bargaining 
agreements. A small minority of collective bargaining agreements contain reserve requirements that may trigger unanticipated 
contributions resulting in increased healthcare expenses. If these healthcare provisions cannot be renegotiated in a manner that 
reduces the prospective healthcare cost as we intend, our Operating expenses could increase in the future. 

Refer to Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information regarding the plans in which 
we participate.

Share Repurchases

In September 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new repurchase program for up to $200 million of our Common stock 
over  a  term  of  four  years  (the  “2022  Repurchase  Program”).  Upon  approval  of  the  2022  Repurchase  Program,  our  Board 
terminated the repurchase program authorized in October 2017, which provided for the purchase of up to $200 million of our 
outstanding Common stock (the "2017 Repurchase Program"). We did not repurchase any shares of our Common stock in fiscal 
2022, 2021 or 2020 pursuant to the 2017 Repurchase Program. As of July 30, 2022, we had $176 million remaining authorized 
under the 2017 Repurchase Program. 

We  will  manage  the  pacing  of  any  repurchases  in  response  to  market  conditions  and  other  relevant  factors,  including  any 
limitations on our ability to conduct repurchases under the terms of our ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility and Senior 
Notes.  We  may  implement  all  or  part  of  the  repurchase  program  pursuant  to  a  plan  or  plans  meeting  the  conditions  of  Rule 
10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management 
believes the following critical accounting policies reflect our more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the 
preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

43

 Table of Contents

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Substantially all of our inventories consist of finished goods. Inventories 
are recorded net of vendor allowances and cash discounts. We evaluate inventory shortages (shrink) throughout each fiscal year 
based on actual physical counts in our facilities. The majority of our inventory is valued under the LIFO method, which allows 
for matching of costs and revenues, as the current acquisition cost to is used to value cost of goods sold as inventory is sold in 
an inflationary environment. If the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method had been used, Inventories, net, would have been higher 
by  approximately  $225  million  and  $67  million  at  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021,  respectively.  As  of  July  30,  2022, 
approximately $1.9 billion or 74% of inventory was valued under the LIFO method, before the application of any LIFO reserve, 
and primarily included grocery, frozen food and general merchandise products, with the remaining inventory valued under the 
first-in, first-out method and primarily included meat, dairy and deli products. When holding inventory levels and mix constant, 
as of July 30, 2022, we estimate a 50 basis point increase in the inflation rate on our ending LIFO-based inventory would result 
in an $8 million increase in the LIFO charge on an annualized basis.

Vendor funds

We receive funds from many of the vendors whose products we buy for resale. These vendor funds are generally provided to 
increase  the  purchasing  and  sell-through  of  the  related  products.  We  receive  vendor  funds  for  a  variety  of  merchandising 
activities: placement of the vendors’ products in our advertising; display of the vendors’ products in prominent locations in our 
stores;  support  for  the  introduction  of  new  products  into  our  stores  and  distribution  centers;  exclusivity  rights  in  certain 
categories; and compensation for temporary price reductions offered on products held for sale. We also receive vendor funds 
for  buying  activities  such  as  volume  commitment  rebates,  credits  for  purchasing  products  in  advance  of  their  need  and  cash 
discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. The majority of our vendor fund contracts have terms of less than a 
year, although some of the contracts have terms of longer than one year.

We  recognize  vendor  funds  for  merchandising  activities  as  a  reduction  of  Cost  of  sales  when  the  related  products  are  sold, 
unless  it  has  been  determined  that  a  discrete  identifiable  benefit  has  been  provided  to  the  vendor,  in  which  case  the  related 
amounts are recognized within Net sales and represent less than 0.5% of total Net sales. Vendor funds that have been earned as 
a result of completing the required performance under the terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not 
yet been sold are recognized as reductions to the value of on-hand inventory.

The amount and timing of recognition of vendor funds as well as the amount of vendor funds to be recognized as a reduction to 
ending inventory requires management judgment and estimates. Management determines these amounts based on estimates of 
current  year  purchase  volume  using  forecast  and  historical  data,  and  a  review  of  average  inventory  turnover  data.  These 
judgments and estimates impact our reported Gross profit, Operating income and inventory amounts. The historical estimates 
have been reliable in the past, and we believe our methodology will continue to be reliable in the future. Based on previous 
experience, we do not expect significant changes in the level of vendor support. However, if such changes were to occur, Cost 
of  sales  and  Net  sales  could  change,  depending  on  the  specific  vendors  involved.  If  vendor  advertising  allowances  were 
substantially  reduced  or  eliminated,  we  would  consider  changing  the  volume,  type  and  frequency  of  the  advertising,  which 
could increase or decrease our advertising expense. 

Benefit plans

We sponsor pension and other postretirement plans in various forms covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility 
requirements.  Pension  benefits  associated  with  these  plans  are  generally  based  on  each  participant’s  years  of  service, 
compensation,  and  age  at  retirement  or  termination.  Our  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  certain  supplemental  executive 
retirement plans are closed to new participants and service crediting.

While we believe the valuation methods used to determine the fair value of plan assets are appropriate and consistent with other 
market  participants,  the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  certain  financial 
instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

The determination of our obligation and related expense for Company-sponsored pension and other postretirement benefits is 
dependent,  in  part,  on  management’s  selection  of  certain  actuarial  assumptions  used  in  calculating  these  amounts.  These 
assumptions  include,  among  other  things,  the  discount  rate  and  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets.  We 
measure  our  defined  benefit  pension  and  other  postretirement  plan  obligations  as  of  the  nearest  calendar  month  end.  Refer 
to Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for information related to the actuarial assumptions used in 
determining pension and postretirement healthcare liabilities and expenses. 

44

 Table of Contents

Discount rates

We review and select the discount rate to be used in connection with our pension and other postretirement obligations annually. 
The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the associated liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. 
We set our rate to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt instruments that would produce cash flows 
sufficient in timing and amount to settle projected future benefits.

We utilize the “full yield curve” approach for determining the interest and service cost components of net periodic benefit cost 
for defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Under this method, the discount rate assumption used in the 
interest and service cost components of net periodic benefit cost is built through applying the specific spot rates along the yield 
curve  used  in  the  determination  of  the  benefit  obligation  described  above,  to  the  relevant  projected  future  cash  flows  of  our 
pension and other postretirement benefit plans. We believe the “full yield curve” approach reflects a greater correlation between 
projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and provides a more precise measurement of interest 
and service costs. Each 25-basis point reduction in the discount rate would increase our projected pension benefit obligation by 
$44 million, as of July 30, 2022, and for fiscal 2022 would increase Net periodic benefit income by approximately $4 million.

Expected rate of return on plan assets

Our  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  assumption  is  determined  based  on  the  portfolio’s  actual  and  target 
composition,  current  market  conditions,  forward-looking  return  and  risk  assumptions  by  asset  class,  and  historical  long-term 
investment performance. The assumed long-term rate of return on pension assets ranged from 4.25% to 4.50% for fiscal 2022. 
The  10-year  rolling  average  annualized  return  for  the  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement  Plan  is  approximately  8.0%  based  on 
returns  from  2013  to  2022.  In  accordance  with  GAAP,  actual  results  that  differ  from  our  assumptions  are  accumulated  and 
amortized over future periods and, therefore, affect expense and obligations in future periods. Each 25-basis point reduction in 
expected return on plan assets would decrease Net periodic benefit income for fiscal 2022 by approximately $5 million.

Amortizing gains and losses

We  recognize  the  amortization  of  net  actuarial  loss  on  the  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement  Plan  over  the  remaining  life 
expectancy of inactive participants based on our determination that almost all of the defined benefit pension plan participants 
are inactive and the plan is frozen to new participants. For the purposes of inactive participants, we utilized a 90% threshold 
established under our policy. 

Multiemployer pension plans

We  contribute  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  based  on  obligations  arising  from  collective  bargaining  agreements. 
These multiemployer pension plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. 
The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Trustees are typically responsible for determining the level of 
benefits to be provided to participants as well as such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration of the plans. 

We  continue  to  evaluate  and  address  our  potential  exposure  to  underfunded  multiemployer  pension  plans  as  it  relates  to  our 
associates who are or were beneficiaries of these plans. In the future, we may consider opportunities to limit the Company’s 
exposure  to  underfunded  multiemployer  pension  obligations  by  moving  our  active  associates  in  such  plans  to  defined 
contribution  plans,  and  withdrawing  from  the  pension  plan  or  continuing  to  participate  in  the  plans  for  prior  obligations.  In 
fiscal  2021,  we  incurred  a  $63  million  charge  for  obligations  related  to  withdrawal  liabilities  for  three  Retail  multiemployer 
pension plans where our active associates moved to defined contribution plans for future benefits. As we continue to work to 
find  solutions  to  underfunded  multiemployer  pension  plans,  it  is  possible  we  could  incur  withdrawal  liabilities  for  certain 
additional multiemployer pension plan obligations in the future as we actively negotiate new collective bargaining agreements 
with a number of our unions in due course. 

We continue to evaluate our exposure to underfunded multiemployer pension plans. Although these liabilities are not a direct 
obligation or liability of ours, addressing these uncertainties requires judgment in the timing of expense recognition when we 
determine our commitment is probable and estimable.

Refer to Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information relating to our participation in 
these  multiemployer  pension  plans  and  to  the  actuarial  assumptions  used  in  determining  pension  and  other  postretirement 
liabilities and expenses.

45

 Table of Contents

Self-insurance liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability insurance. It is our policy to record 
the  self-insured  portions  of  our  workers’  compensation,  general  and  automobile  liabilities  based  upon  actuarial  methods  of 
estimating the future cost of claims and related expenses that have been reported but not settled, and that have been incurred but 
not yet reported. Any projection of losses concerning these liabilities is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among 
the  causes  of  this  variability  are  unpredictable  external  factors  affecting  litigation  trends,  benefit  level  changes  and  claim 
settlement patterns. If actual claims incurred are greater than those anticipated, our reserves may be insufficient and additional 
costs could be recorded in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Accruals for workers’ compensation, general and automobile 
liabilities totaled $98 million and $103 million as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, respectively.

Recoverability of long-lived assets

We review long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets at least annually, and on an interim basis if events occur 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. We evaluate these assets at 
the asset-group level, which is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of 
other assets and liabilities. Cash flows expected to be generated by the related assets are estimated over the assets’ useful lives 
based on updated projections. When the undiscounted future cash flows are not sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, 
the fair value is compared to the carrying value to determine the loss to be recorded. 

Estimates of future cash flows and expected sales prices are judgments based on the Company’s experience and knowledge of 
operations.  These  estimates  project  cash  flows  several  years  into  the  future  and  include  assumptions  on  variables  such  as 
changes in supply contracts, macroeconomic impacts and market competition.

We  did  not  identify  any  material  impairments  in  fiscal  2022  as  part  of  our  quarterly  procedures  or  annual  impairment 
assessment.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision 
for income tax in the period that includes the enactment date.

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities includes addressing uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations 
and is based on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax 
return.  Addressing  these  uncertainties  requires  judgment  and  estimates;  however,  actual  results  could  differ,  and  we  may  be 
exposed to losses or gains. Our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be affected based on favorable or 
unfavorable tax settlements. Unfavorable tax settlements will generally require the use of cash and may result in an increase to 
our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Favorable tax settlements may be recognized as a reduction to our effective tax 
rate in the period of resolution.

The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that they 
will  be  realized.  In  making  this  evaluation,  the  Company  considers  the  statutory  recovery  periods  for  the  assets,  along  with 
available  sources  of  future  taxable  income,  including  reversals  of  existing  and  future  taxable  temporary  differences,  tax 
planning  strategies,  history  of  taxable  income  and  projections  of  future  income.  The  Company  gives  more  significance  to 
objectively  verifiable  evidence,  such  as  the  existence  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  that  are  forecast  to  generate  taxable  income 
within  the  relevant  carryover  periods  and  a  history  of  earnings.  A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when  the  Company 
concludes, based on all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized during 
the applicable recovery period.

Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards

For a discussion of recently issued financial accounting standards, refer to Note 2—Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting 
Pronouncements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

46

 Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to a number of market related risks, including changes in interest rates, fuel prices, foreign exchange rates and 
changes in the market price of investments held in our master trust used to fund defined benefit pension obligations. We have 
historically  employed  financial  derivative  instruments  from  time  to  time  to  reduce  these  risks.  We  do  not  use  financial 
instruments or derivatives for any trading or other speculative purposes. We currently utilize derivative financial instruments to 
reduce the market risks related to changes in interest rates, fuel prices and foreign exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We  are  exposed  to  market  pricing  risk  consisting  of  interest  rate  risk  related  to  certain  of  our  debt  instruments  and  notes 
receivable  outstanding.  Our  debt  obligations  are  more  fully  described  in  Note  9—Long-Term  Debt  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report. Interest rate risk 
is managed through the strategic use of fixed and variable rate debt and derivative instruments. As more fully described in Note 
8—Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of 
this Annual Report, we have used interest rate swap agreements to mitigate our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates by 
effectively converting certain of our variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations. These interest rate swaps are derivative 
instruments  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  on  the  forecasted  interest  payments  related  to  a  certain  portion  of  our  debt 
obligations. Our variable rate borrowings consist primarily of SOFR-based loans, which is the benchmark interest rate being 
hedged in our interest rate swap agreements. 

Changes in interest rates could also affect the interest rates we pay on future borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility and 
Term Loan Facility, which rates are typically related to SOFR. As of July 30, 2022, we estimate that a 100-basis point increase 
in the interest rates related to our variable rate borrowings would increase our annualized Interest expense by approximately $4 
million, net of the floating interest rate receivable on our interest rate swaps. Changes in interest rates related to our fixed rate 
debt  instruments  would  not  have  an  impact  upon  future  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  while  outstanding;  however,  if 
additional debt issuances at higher interest rates are required to fund fixed rate debt maturities, future results of operations or 
cash flows may be impacted.

As of July 30, 2022, a 100-basis point increase in forward SOFR interest rates would increase the fair value of the interest rate 
swaps by approximately $17 million; while a 100-basis point decrease in forward SOFR interest rates would decrease the fair 
value of the interest rate swaps by approximately $18 million. Refer to Note 8—Derivatives in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual 
Report for further information on interest rate swap contracts.

The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including 
debt  obligations,  interest  rate  swaps  and  notes  receivable.  For  debt  obligations,  the  table  presents  principal  amounts  due  and 
related  weighted  average  interest  rates  by  expected  maturity  dates  using  interest  rates  as  of  July  30,  2022,  excluding  any 
original  issue  and  purchase  accounting  discounts  and  deferred  financing  costs.  For  interest  rate  swaps,  the  table  presents  the 
notional amounts and related weighted average interest rates by maturity. For notes receivable, the table presents the expected 
collection of principal cash flows and weighted average interest rates by expected year of maturity.

July 30, 2022

Expected Fiscal Year of Maturity

Fair Value

Total

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

Thereafter

(in millions, except interest rates)

$ 

1,628  $  1,640 

$  — 

$  — 

$  — 

$  800 

$  840 

$  — 

 4.6 %

$ 

525  $  523 

$ 

 6.7 %

 — %
14 
 5.3 %

$ 

 — %
8 
 4.8 %

$ 

 — %
1 
 4.4 %

 5.7 %

 3.6 %

 — %

$  — 

$  — 

$  500 

 — %

 — %

 6.8 %

Long-term Debt:
Variable rate—principal payments
Weighted average interest rate(1)
Fixed rate—principal payments
Weighted average interest rate
Interest Rate Swaps(2):
Notional amounts hedged under pay 

fixed, receive variable swaps

$ 

3  $  1,229 

$  429 

$  350 

$  250 

$  200 

$  — 

$  — 

Weighted average pay rate
Weighted average receive rate

 2.6 %
 3.1 %

 2.6 %
 3.1 %

 2.5 %
 3.3 %

 2.5 %
 3.1 %

 2.8 %
 2.9 %

 — %
 — %

 — %
 — %

(1) Excludes the effect of interest rate swaps effectively converting certain of our variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations.

(2) Refer to Note 8—Derivatives in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information on interest rate swap contracts.

47

 Table of Contents

Investment Risk

The  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement  Plan  holds  investments  in  fixed  income  securities,  domestic  equity  securities,  private 
equity securities, international equity securities and real estate securities, which is described further in Note 13—Benefit Plans 
in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Changes in SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan assets can affect the amount of our 
anticipated future contributions. In addition, increases or decreases in SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan assets can result in a 
related  increase  or  decrease  to  our  equity  through  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.  In  fiscal  2022,  as  the  plan 
administrator,  we  took  additional  steps  to  de-risk  the  investments  in  the  plan  assets  as  its  funding  level  increased.  This  de-
risking  included  a  further  shift  to  fixed  income  investments.  Given  the  relationships  between  discount  rates  that  impact  the 
valuation of fixed income plan assets and the impact of discount rates in measuring plan obligations, the SUPERVALU INC. 
Retirement Plan is subject to less volatility in the net plan assets. As of July 30, 2022, a 10% unfavorable change in the total 
value of investments held by the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan (entirely within the return-seeking portion of the plan 
assets) would not have had an impact on our minimum contributions required under ERISA for fiscal 2022, but would have 
resulted  in  an  unfavorable  change  in  net  periodic  pension  income  for  fiscal  2023  of  $2  million  and  would  have  reduced 
Stockholders’ equity by $172 million on a pre-tax basis as of July 30, 2022.

Fuel Price and Foreign Exchange Risk

To reduce diesel price risk, we have entered into derivative financial instruments and/or forward purchase commitments for a 
portion of our projected monthly diesel fuel requirements at fixed prices primarily related to inbound transportation. To reduce 
foreign  exchange  risk,  we  have  entered  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  a  portion  of  our  projected  monthly  foreign 
currency requirements at fixed prices. The fair values of fuel derivative and foreign exchange agreements are measured using 
Level  2  inputs.  As  of  July  30,  2022,  the  fair  value  and  expected  exposure  risk  based  on  aggregate  notional  values  are 
insignificant.

48

 Table of Contents

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 185)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required.

Page

50

52

53

54

55

56

57

49

 Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
United Natural Foods, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) 
as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively, the 
consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 
2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the years in the three-year period ended July 30, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also 
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 
30,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

50

 Table of Contents

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Assessment of the value of the defined benefit pension obligation

As  discussed  in  Note  13  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  sponsors  a  defined  benefit  pension 
plan, covering primarily former Supervalu employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The fair value of the 
defined  benefit  pension  obligation  at  year  end  was  $1.71  billion,  offset  by  plan  assets  totaling  $1.72  billion.  The 
determination of the Company’s defined benefit pension obligation with respect to the plan is dependent, in part, on 
the selection of certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and mortality rate used.

We identified the assessment of the value of the defined benefit pension obligation as a critical audit matter because of 
the subjectivity in evaluating the discount rate used, and the impact small changes in this assumption would have on 
the measurement of the defined benefit pension obligation. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation 
of the discount rate required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design 
and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  certain  internal  controls  related  to  the  Company’s  defined  benefit  pension 
obligation  process,  including  a  control  related  to  the  development  of  the  discount  rate  used.  We  compared  the 
methodology  used  in  the  current  year  to  develop  the  discount  rate  to  the  methodology  used  in  prior  periods.  In 
addition, we involved an actuarial professional with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in the evaluation of 
the  Company’s  discount  rate  by  evaluating  the  methodology  utilized  by  the  Company  and  assessing  the  selected 
discount rate against publicly available discount rate benchmark information.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.

Providence, Rhode Island
September 27, 2022

51

 Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except for par amounts)

ASSETS

July 30,
2022

July 31,
2021

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net 
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term assets
Long-term assets of discontinued operations
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease liabilities
Current liabilities of discontinued operations

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Long-term operating lease liabilities
Long-term finance lease liabilities
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5.0 shares; none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 100.0 shares; 58.9 shares issued and 58.3 shares 
outstanding at July 30, 2022; 57.0 shares issued and 56.4 shares outstanding at July 31, 2021
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock at cost
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Total United Natural Foods, Inc. stockholders’ equity

Noncontrolling interests
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

44  $ 

1,214 
2,355 
184 
— 
3,797 
1,690 
1,176 
20 
819 
— 
126 
— 
7,628  $ 

1,742  $ 
260 
232 
156 
27 
— 
2,417 
2,109 
1,067 
23 
18 
8 
194 
5,836 

— 

1 
608 
(24) 
(20) 
1,226 
1,791 
1 
1,792 
7,628  $ 

41 
1,103 
2,247 
157 
2 
3,550 
1,784 
1,064 
20 
891 
57 
157 
2 
7,525 

1,644 
341 
243 
135 
120 
4 
2,487 
2,175 
962 
35 
53 
— 
299 
6,011 

— 

1 
599 
(24) 
(39) 
978 
1,515 
(1) 
1,514 
7,525 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

 UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except for per share data)

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Goodwill impairment charges

Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

Operating income (loss)

Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost

Interest expense, net

Other, net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Fiscal Year Ended

July 30, 2022
(52 weeks)

July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)

August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)

$ 

28,928  $ 

26,950  $ 

24,746 

4,182 

3,825 

23,011 

3,939 

3,593 

— 

21 

(87) 

423 

(40) 

155 

(2) 

310 

56 

254 

— 

254 

(6) 

— 

56 

(4) 

294 

(85) 

204 

(8) 

183 

34 

149 

6 

155 

(6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

248  $ 

149  $ 

4.28  $ 

—  $ 

4.28  $ 

4.07  $ 

—  $ 

4.07  $ 

58.0 

61.0 

2.55  $ 

0.10  $ 

2.65  $ 

2.38  $ 

0.09  $ 

2.48  $ 

56.1 

60.0 

26,559 

22,670 

3,889 

3,552 

425 

87 

18 

(193) 

(39) 

192 

(4) 

(342) 

(91) 

(251) 

(18) 

(269) 

(5) 

(274) 

(4.76) 

(0.34) 

(5.10) 

(4.76) 

(0.34) 

(5.10) 

53.8 

53.8 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Other comprehensive income (loss):

July 30, 2022
(52 weeks)

Fiscal Year Ended
July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)

August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)

$ 

254  $ 

155  $ 

(269) 

Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, net of tax(1)
Recognition of interest rate swap cash flow hedges, net of tax(2)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Recognition of other cash flow derivatives, net of tax(3)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.

$ 

(40) 
60 
(3) 
2 
19 
(6) 
267  $ 

153 
42 
5 
— 
200 
(6) 
349  $ 

(83) 
(46) 
(1) 
— 
(130) 
(5) 
(404) 

(1) Amounts are net of tax (benefit) expense of $(12) million, $52 million and $(29) million, respectively.

(2) Amounts are net of tax expense (benefit) of $22 million, $13 million and $(16) million, respectively.

(3) Amount is net of tax expense of $1 million, $0 million, and $0 million, respectively.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in millions)

Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in 
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
Loss

Retained 
Earnings

Total United 
Natural Foods, 
Inc.
Stockholders’ 
Equity

Noncontrolling 
Interests

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity

Balances at August 3, 2019

53.5  $ 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle

Restricted stock vestings

Share-based compensation

Other comprehensive loss

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

Net (loss) income

Balances at August 1, 2020

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle

Restricted stock vestings

Share-based compensation

Other comprehensive income

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

Net income

— 

0.5 

— 

— 

— 

1.3 

— 

55.3  $ 

— 

1.6 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

Balances at July 31, 2021

57.0  $ 

Restricted stock vestings

Share-based compensation

Other comprehensive income

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

Net income

1.7 

— 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 

— 

Balances at July 30, 2022

58.9  $ 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

0.6 

$ 

(24)  $ 

531  $ 

(109)  $ 

1,108  $ 

1,507  $ 

(3)  $ 

1,504 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

25 

— 

— 

14 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(130) 

— 

— 

— 

4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(274) 

4 

(1) 

25 

(130) 

— 

14 

(274) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(5) 

— 

5 

0.6 

$ 

(24)  $ 

569  $ 

(239)  $ 

838  $ 

1,145  $ 

(3)  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.6 

$ 

(24)  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(14) 

45 

— 

— 

1 

(2) 

— 

599  $ 

(41) 

44 

— 

— 

8 

(2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

200 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(9) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

149 

(9) 

(14) 

45 

200 

— 

1 

(2) 

149 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4) 

— 

— 

6 

(39)  $ 

978  $ 

1,515  $ 

(1)  $ 

— 

— 

19 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

248 

(41) 

44 

19 

— 

8 

(2) 

248 

— 

— 

— 

(4) 

— 

— 

6 

0.6 

$ 

(24)  $ 

608  $ 

(20)  $ 

1,226  $ 

1,791  $ 

1  $ 

4 

(1) 

25 

(130) 

(5) 

14 

(269) 

1,142 

(9) 

(14) 

45 

200 

(4) 

1 

(2) 

155 

1,514 

(41) 

44 

19 

(4) 

8 

(2) 

254 

1,792 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Share-based compensation

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

Closed property and other restructuring charges

Goodwill impairment charges

Net pension and other postretirement benefit income

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

LIFO charge

Provision for losses on receivables

Non-cash interest expense and other adjustments

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses

Accounts and notes receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Payments for capital expenditures

Proceeds from dispositions of assets

Other

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations

Net cash used in investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt

Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit line

Proceeds from issuance of other loans

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit line

Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock and exercise of stock options

Payment of employee restricted stock tax withholdings

Payments for debt issuance costs
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

Repayments of other loans

Other

Net cash used in financing activities

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash payments (refunds) for federal, state and foreign income taxes, net

Additions of property and equipment included in Accounts payable

Fiscal Year Ended

July 30, 2022
(52 weeks)

July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)

August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)

$ 

254  $ 

155  $ 

— 

254 

285 

44 

(87) 

2 

— 

(40) 

55 

158 

2 

24 

(108) 

(264) 

(155) 

86 

75 

331 

(251) 

230 

(28) 

(49) 

— 

(49) 

— 

4,425 

— 

(4,287) 

(376) 

8 

(41) 

(6) 
(4) 

— 

2 

(279) 

— 

3 

41 

6 

149 

285 

45 

(4) 

6 

— 

(85) 

(5) 

24 

(5) 

51 

24 

14 

(37) 

15 

137 

614 

(310) 

82 

(11) 

(239) 

2 

(237) 

500 

3,676 

— 

(3,731) 

(792) 

1 

(14) 

(13) 
(4) 

(6) 

(1) 

(384) 

1 

(6) 

47 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

44  $ 

41  $ 

134  $ 
5  $ 

45  $ 

146  $ 
(16)  $ 

35  $ 

(269) 

(18) 

(251) 

282 

25 

18 

46 

425 

(39) 

(71) 

18 

46 

15 

(124) 

(111) 

113 

107 

(42) 

457 

(173) 

147 

(2) 

(28) 

27 

(1) 

2 

4,278 

6 

(4,601) 

(122) 

14 

(1) 

— 
(5) 

(24) 

— 

(453) 

(1) 

2 

45 

47 

182 
(22) 

27 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Business

United  Natural  Foods,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”,  “we”,  “us”,  “UNFI”,  or  “our”)  is  a  leading  distributor  of 
natural,  organic,  specialty,  produce,  and  conventional  grocery  and  non-food  products,  and  provider  of  support  services  to 
retailers. The Company sells its products primarily throughout the United States and Canada.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal years end on the Saturday closest to July 31 and contain either 52 or 53 weeks. References to fiscal 2022, 
fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, or 2022, 2021 and 2020, as presented in tabular disclosure, relate to the 52-week, 52-week and 52-
week fiscal periods ended July 30, 2022, July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  The 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States  (“GAAP”).  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  Unless 
otherwise indicated, references to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements exclude all amounts related to discontinued operations. Refer to Note 18—Discontinued 
Operations  for  additional  information  about  the  Company’s  discontinued  operations.  The  remaining  two  stores  previously 
included in discontinued operations were sold in fiscal 2022.

Net Sales

Our Net sales consist primarily of product sales of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food 
products,  and  support  services  revenue  from  retailers,  adjusted  for  customer  volume  discounts,  vendor  incentives  when 
applicable, returns and allowances, and professional services revenue. Net sales also include amounts charged by the Company 
to customers for shipping and handling and fuel surcharges. Vendor incentives do not reduce sales in circumstances where the 
vendor  tenders  the  incentive  to  the  customer,  when  the  incentive  is  not  a  direct  reimbursement  from  a  vendor,  when  the 
incentive is not influenced by or negotiated in conjunction with any other incentive arrangements and when the incentive is not 
subject to an agency relationship with the vendor, whether expressed or implied. 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  that  is  expected  to  be  received  for  goods  or 
services  when  its  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  by  transferring  control  of  those  promised  goods  or  services  to  its 
customers.  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  606  defines  a  five-step  process  to  recognize  revenue  that  requires 
judgment  and  estimates,  including  identifying  the  contract  with  the  customer,  identifying  the  performance  obligations  in  the 
contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and 
recognizing revenue when or as the performance obligation is satisfied. 

Revenues  from  wholesale  product  sales  are  recognized  when  control  is  transferred,  which  typically  happens  upon  either 
shipment or delivery, depending on the contract terms with the customer. Typically, shipping and customer receipt of wholesale 
products occur on the same business day. Discounts and allowances provided to customers are recognized as a reduction in Net 
sales as control of the products is transferred to customers. The Company recognizes freight revenue related to transportation of 
its products when control of the product is transferred, which is typically upon delivery. 

Revenues from Retail product sales are recognized at the point of sale upon customer check-out. Advertising income earned 
from our franchisees that participate in our Retail advertising program are recognized as Net sales. The Company recognizes 
loyalty program expense in the form of fuel rewards as a reduction of Net sales.

Sales tax is excluded from Net sales. Limited rights of return exist with our customers due to the nature of the products we sell. 

Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition for additional information regarding the Company’s revenue recognition policies.

57

 Table of Contents

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consist primarily of amounts paid to suppliers for product sold, plus transportation costs necessary to bring the 
product to, or move product between, the Company’s distribution facilities and retail stores, partially offset by consideration 
received  from  suppliers  in  connection  with  the  purchase,  transportation  or  promotion  of  the  suppliers’  products.  Retail  store 
advertising expenses are components of Cost of sales and are expensed as incurred.

The  Company  receives  allowances  and  credits  from  vendors  for  buying  activities,  such  as  volume  incentives,  promotional 
allowances  directed  by  the  Company  to  customers,  cash  discounts  and  new  product  introductions  (collectively  referred  to  as 
“vendor funds”), which are typically based on contractual arrangements covering a period of one year or less. The Company 
recognizes vendor funds for merchandising activities as a reduction of Cost of sales when the related products are sold, unless it 
has been determined that a discrete identifiable benefit has been provided to the vendor, in which case the related amounts are 
recognized within Net sales. Vendor funds that have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under the 
terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as a reduction to the cost of 
inventory. When payments or rebates can be reasonably estimated and it is probable that the specified target will be met, the 
payment  or  rebate  is  accrued.  However,  when  attaining  the  target  is  not  probable,  the  payment  or  rebate  is  recognized  only 
when  and  if  the  target  is  achieved.  Any  upfront  payments  received  for  multi-period  contracts  are  generally  deferred  and 
amortized over the life of the contracts. The majority of the vendor fund contracts have terms of less than a year, with a small 
proportion of the contracts longer than one year.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in Net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with 
inbound freight are recorded in Cost of sales, whereas shipping and handling costs for receiving, selecting, quality assurance, 
and  outbound  transportation  are  recorded  in  Operating  expenses.  Outbound  shipping  and  handling  costs,  including  allocated 
employee benefit expenses that are recorded in Operating expenses, totaled $1,737 million, $1,513 million and $1,505 million 
for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Operating  expenses  include  distribution  expenses  of  warehousing,  delivery,  purchasing,  receiving,  selecting,  and  outbound 
transportation  expenses,  and  selling  and  administrative  expenses.  These  expenses  include  salaries  and  wages,  employee 
benefits, occupancy, insurance, depreciation and amortization expense, and share-based compensation expense. 

Restructuring, Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses

Restructuring,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses  reflect  expenses  resulting  from  restructuring  activities,  including 
severance  costs,  facility  closure  asset  impairment  charges  and  costs,  share-based  compensation  acceleration  charges  and 
acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses.  Integration  related  expenses  include  certain  professional  consulting  expenses 
related to business transformation and incremental expenses related to combining facilities required to optimize our distribution 
network as a result of acquisitions. 

(Gain) Loss on Sale of Assets

(Gain) loss on sale of assets includes (gain) loss on sale of assets and non-cash charges related to changes in plans of sales of 
discontinued operations. In fiscal 2022, the Company recorded a gain on sale related to our Riverside, California distribution 
center. Refer to Note 11—Leases for additional information on this gain on sale. In fiscal 2020, the Company recorded a non-
cash  charge  of  $50  million  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  Retail’s  property  and  equipment,  and  intangible  assets  for  any 
depreciation and amortization expense that would have been recognized had the assets been held and used as part of continuing 
operations since their acquisition date through the end of fiscal 2020, which was comprised of $39 million related to property 
and equipment, and $11 million related to intangible assets.

58

 Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

Interest  expense,  net  includes  primarily  interest  expense  on  long-term  debt,  net  of  capitalized  interest,  loss  on  debt 
extinguishment,  interest  expense  on  finance  lease  obligations,  amortization  of  financing  costs  and  discounts,  and  interest 
income. 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the 
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Within the Consolidated Financial Statements certain immaterial amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year 
presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on reported net income, cash flows, or total assets and liabilities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company’s banking 
arrangements allow it to fund outstanding checks when presented to the financial institution for payment. The Company funds 
all intraday bank balance overdrafts during the same business day. Checks outstanding in excess of bank balances create book 
overdrafts,  which  are  recorded  in  Accounts  payable  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  are  reflected  as  an  operating 
activity  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows.  As  of  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  net  book 
overdrafts of $266 million and $268 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net primarily consist of trade receivables from customers and net receivable balances from suppliers. In 
determining the adequacy of the allowances, management analyzes customer creditworthiness, aging of receivables, payment 
terms,  the  value  of  the  collateral,  customer  financial  statements,  historical  collection  experience  and  other  economic  and 
industry  factors.  In  instances  where  a  reserve  has  been  recorded  for  a  particular  customer,  future  sales  to  the  customer  are 
conducted using either cash-on-delivery terms, or the account is closely monitored so that as agreed upon payments are received 
and then orders are released; a failure to pay results in held or canceled orders.

Inventories, Net

Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods. To value discrete inventory items at lower of cost or 
net realizable value before application of any last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) reserve, the Company utilizes the weighted average cost 
method, perpetual cost method, the retail inventory method and the replacement cost method. Allowances for vendor funds and 
cash  discounts  received  from  suppliers  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  to  Inventories,  net  and  subsequently  within  Cost  of  sales 
upon the sale of the related products. Inventory quantities are evaluated throughout each fiscal year based on actual physical 
counts  in  our  distribution  facilities  and  stores.  Allowances  for  inventory  shortages  are  recorded  based  on  the  results  of  these 
counts  to  provide  for  estimated  shortages  as  of  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year.  As  of  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021, 
approximately  $1.9  billion  and  $1.8  billion,  respectively,  of  inventory  was  valued  under  the  LIFO  method,  before  the 
application  of  a  LIFO  reserve,  and  primarily  included  grocery,  frozen  food  and  general  merchandise  products,  with  the 
remaining inventory valued under the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”)  method and primarily included meat, dairy and deli products. 
The LIFO reserve was approximately $225 million and $65 million as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, respectively, which 
is recorded within Inventories, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Property and Equipment, Net and Amortizing Intangible Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is based on the 
estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Applicable interest charges incurred during the construction 
of new facilities are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives if certain 
criteria are met. Refer to Note 5—Property and Equipment, Net for additional information.

59

 Table of Contents

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, for indicators of impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be 
generated by the related assets are estimated over the assets’ useful lives based on updated projections. The Company groups 
long-lived assets with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows 
of  other  assets.  If  the  evaluation  indicates  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  group  may  not  be  recoverable,  the  potential 
impairment is measured based on a fair value discounted cash flow model or a market approach method.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the 
period that includes the enactment date.

The  Company  records  liabilities  to  address  uncertain  tax  positions  we  have  taken  in  previously  filed  tax  returns  or  that  we 
expect to take in a future tax return. The determination for required liabilities is based upon an analysis of each individual tax 
position, taking into consideration whether it is more likely than not that our tax position, based on technical merits, will be 
sustained  upon  examination.  For  those  positions  for  which  we  conclude  it  is  more  likely  than  not  it  will  be  sustained,  we 
recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the 
taxing authority. The difference between the amount recognized and the total tax position is recorded as a liability. The ultimate 
resolution of these tax positions may be greater or less than the liabilities recorded.

The Company allocates tax expense among specific financial statement components using a “with-or-without” approach. Under 
this approach, the Company first determines the total tax expense or benefit (current and deferred) for the period. The Company 
then  calculates  the  tax  effect  of  pretax  income  from  continuing  operations  only.  The  residual  tax  expense  is  allocated  on  a 
proportional basis to other financial statement components (i.e. discontinued operations, other comprehensive income). 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

The  Company  accounts  for  acquired  businesses  using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  that  the  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the acquisition date at their respective estimated fair values. Goodwill represents 
the  excess  acquisition  cost  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination.  Goodwill  is  assigned  to  the 
reporting  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the  business  combination  that  generated  the  goodwill. 
Goodwill reporting units exist at one level below the operating segment level unless they are determined to be economically 
similar, and are evaluated for events or changes in circumstances indicating a goodwill reporting unit has changed. Relative fair 
value allocations are performed when components of an aggregated goodwill reporting unit become separate reporting units or 
move from one reporting unit to another. 

Goodwill  is  reviewed  for  impairment  at  least  annually  as  of  the  first  day  of  the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  and  if  events  occur  or 
circumstances  change  that  would  indicate  that  the  value  of  the  reporting  unit  may  be  impaired.  The  Company  performs 
qualitative  assessments  of  Goodwill  for  impairment.  If  the  qualitative  assessment  indicates  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  a 
reporting unit’s fair value is less than the carrying value, or the Company bypasses the qualitative assessment, a quantitative 
assessment  would  be  performed.  When  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required,  the  Company  estimates  the  fair  values  of  its 
reporting  units  by  using  the  market  approach,  applying  a  multiple  of  earnings  based  on  guidelines  for  publicly  traded 
companies, and/or the income approach, discounting projected future cash flows based on management’s expectations of the 
current  and  future  operating  environment  for  each  reporting  unit.  Refer  to  Note  6—Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets,  Net  for 
additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  goodwill  impairment  reviews,  changes  to  its  reporting  units  and  other 
information.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets include a branded product line and a Tony’s Fine Foods tradename. Indefinite-lived intangible 
assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and more frequently if events 
occur or circumstances change that would indicate that the value of the asset may be impaired. The Company performed annual 
qualitative reviews of its indefinite lived intangible assets, including Goodwill, in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, which indicated a 
quantitative assessment was not required. 

60

 Table of Contents

When  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required,  the  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  for  intangible  assets  utilizing  the  income 
approach, which discounts the projected future net cash flow using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risks associated 
with such projected future cash flow. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information on the 
Company’s intangible assets.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following years:

Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Favorable operating leases
Unfavorable operating leases
Pharmacy prescription files

Business Dispositions

10 - 20 years
2 - 10 years
2 - 8 years
2 - 8 years
7 years

The Company reviews the presentation of planned business dispositions in the Consolidated Financial Statements based on the 
available  information  and  events  that  have  occurred.  The  review  consists  of  evaluating  whether  the  business  meets  the 
definition of a component for which the operations and cash flows are clearly distinguishable from the other components of the 
business, and if so, whether it is anticipated that after the disposal the cash flows of the component would be eliminated from 
continuing operations and whether the disposition represents a strategic shift that has a major effect on operations and financial 
results. In addition, the Company evaluates whether the business has met the criteria as a business held for sale. In order for a 
planned  disposition  to  be  classified  as  a  business  held  for  sale,  the  established  criteria  must  be  met  as  of  the  reporting  date, 
including an active program to market the business and the expected disposition of the business within one year.

Planned  business  dispositions  are  presented  as  discontinued  operations  when  all  the  criteria  described  above  are  met. 
Operations  of  the  business  components  meeting  the  discontinued  operations  requirements  are  presented  within  Income  from 
discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations,  and  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  business 
component planned to be disposed of are presented as separate lines within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 18—
Discontinued Operations for additional information.

The  carrying  value  of  the  business  held  for  sale  is  reviewed  for  recoverability  upon  meeting  the  classification  requirements. 
Evaluating the recoverability of the assets of a business classified as held for sale follows a defined order in which property and 
intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  are  considered  only  after  the  recoverability  of  Goodwill,  indefinite  lived  intangible 
assets and other assets are assessed. After the valuation process is completed, the held for sale business is reported at the lower 
of its carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and no additional depreciation or amortization expense is recognized. There 
are  inherent  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  of  a  business  and  any  impairment 
charges. The sale of a business can result in the recognition of a gain or loss that differs from that anticipated prior to closing.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized on a 
non-recurring basis, are recognized or disclosed at fair value on at least an annual basis. Fair value is defined as the price that 
would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 
measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded 
at  fair  value,  the  Company  considers  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  in  which  it  would  transact  and  considers 
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, 
and  risk  of  nonperformance.  ASC  820  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 establishes three levels of 
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

• Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
• Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through 
correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for 
identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  and  inputs  to  valuation  models  or  other  pricing 
methodologies  that  do  not  require  significant  judgment  because  the  inputs  used  in  the  model,  such  as  interest  rates  and 
volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

• Level 3 Inputs—One or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and that 
reflect  the  use  of  significant  management  judgment.  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  include  those  whose  fair  value 

61

 Table of Contents

measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, 
and significant management judgment or estimation.

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  including  Cash  and  cash  equivalents,  Accounts  receivable, 
Accounts payable and certain Accrued expenses and Other assets and liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term 
nature of these instruments.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation consists of time-based restricted stock units, performance-based restricted units, stock options and 
SUPERVALU INC. (“Supervalu”) Replacement Awards (as defined below). Share-based compensation expense is measured 
by the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The Company recognizes Share-based compensation expense on a straight-
line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  the  individual  grants.  Forfeitures  are  recognized  as  reductions  to  Share-based 
compensation  when  they  occur.  The  grant  date  closing  price  per  share  of  the  Company’s  stock  is  used  to  determine  the  fair 
value of restricted stock units. Supervalu Replacement Awards were liability classified awards as they may ultimately be settled 
in cash or shares at the discretion of the employee. The Company’s executive officers and members of senior management have 
been granted performance units which vest, when and if earned, in accordance with the terms of the related performance unit 
award  agreements.  The  Company  recognizes  Share-based  compensation  expense  based  on  the  target  number  of  shares  of 
common  stock  and  the  Company’s  stock  price  on  the  date  of  grant  and  subsequently  adjusts  expense  based  on  actual  and 
forecasted  performance  compared  to  planned  targets.  Share-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized  within  Operating 
expenses for ongoing employees and in certain instances is recorded within Restructuring, acquisition and integration related 
expenses when an employee is notified of termination and their awards become accelerated. Refer to Note 12—Share-Based 
Awards for additional information.

Benefit Plans

The Company recognizes the funded status of its Company-sponsored defined benefit plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
and gains or losses and prior service costs or credits not yet recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive 
loss,  net  of  tax,  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  measures  its  defined  benefit  pension  and  other 
postretirement  plan  obligations  as  of  the  nearest  calendar  month  end.  The  Company  records  Net  periodic  benefit  income  or 
expense  related  to  interest  cost,  expected  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  amortization  of  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  excluding 
service costs, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations within Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost. Service 
costs are recorded in Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

The  Company  sponsors  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans  in  various  forms  covering  participants  who  meet  eligibility 
requirements. The determination of the Company’s obligation and related income or expense for Company-sponsored pension 
and  other  postretirement  benefits  is  dependent,  in  part,  on  management’s  selection  of  certain  actuarial  assumptions  in 
calculating  these  amounts.  These  assumptions  include,  among  other  things,  the  discount  rate,  the  expected  long-term  rate  of 
return on plan assets and the rates of increase in healthcare costs. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 13—Benefit Plans. 
Actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods.

The  Company  contributes  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  under  collective  bargaining  agreements,  primarily  defined 
benefit  pension  plans.  Pension  expense  for  these  plans  is  recognized  as  contributions  are  funded.  In  addition,  the  Company 
provides  postretirement  health  and  welfare  benefits  for  certain  groups  of  union  and  non-union  employees.  See  Note  13—
Benefit Plans for additional information on participation in multiemployer plans. 

Earnings Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adding the dilutive potential common shares to the 
weighted average number of common shares that were outstanding during the period. For purposes of the diluted earnings per 
share calculation, outstanding stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based awards, if applicable, are considered 
common stock equivalents, using the treasury stock method. 

62

 Table of Contents

Treasury Stock

The Company records the repurchase of shares of common stock at cost based on the settlement date of the transaction. These 
shares are classified as Treasury stock, which is a reduction to Stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized 
and issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares. 

In September 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new repurchase program for up to $200 million of our Common stock 
over  a  term  of  four  years  (the  “2022  Repurchase  Program”).  Upon  approval  of  the  2022  Repurchase  Program,  our  Board 
terminated the repurchase program authorized in October 2017, which provided for the purchase of up to $200 million of our 
outstanding Common stock (the "2017 Repurchase Program"). We did not repurchase any shares of our Common stock in fiscal 
2022,  2021 or 2020 pursuant to the 2017 Repurchase Program. As of July 30, 2022, we had $176 million remaining authorized 
under  the  2017  Repurchase  Program.    Refer  to  Note  9—Long-Term  Debt  for  information  the  Company’s  credit  facilities’ 
limitations on its ability to repurchase shares of Common stock above certain levels unless certain conditions and financial tests 
are met.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive  income  (loss)  is  reported  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  Comprehensive  income 
(loss) includes all changes in Stockholders’ equity during the reporting period, other than those resulting from investments by 
and  distributions  to  stockholders.  The  Company’s  comprehensive  income  (loss)  is  calculated  as  Net  income  (loss)  including 
noncontrolling interests, plus or minus adjustments for foreign currency translation related to the translation of UNFI Canada, 
Inc. (“UNFI Canada”) from the functional currency of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollar reporting currency, changes in the fair 
value of cash flow hedges, net of tax, and changes in defined pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations, net of 
tax, less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Accumulated other comprehensive loss represents the cumulative balance of Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as 
of the end of the reporting period and relates to foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized gains or losses on cash 
flow hedges, net of tax and changes in defined pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations, net of tax.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates, fuel costs, and with 
the operation of UNFI Canada, foreign currency exchange rates. All derivatives are recognized on the Company’s Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at fair value based on quoted market prices or estimates, and are recorded in either current or noncurrent assets 
or  liabilities  based  on  their  maturity.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  are  recorded  in  comprehensive  income  or  net 
earnings,  based  on  whether  the  instrument  is  designated  and  effective  as  a  hedge  transaction  and,  if  so,  the  type  of  hedge 
transaction.  Gains  or  losses  on  derivative  instruments  are  recorded  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  and  are 
reclassified to earnings in the period the hedged item affects earnings. If the hedged relationship ceases to exist, any associated 
amounts reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to earnings at that time. The Company measures 
effectiveness of its hedging relationships both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

The  Company  is  primarily  self-insured  for  workers’  compensation,  general  and  automobile  liability  insurance.  It  is  the 
Company’s policy to record the self-insured portion of workers’ compensation, general and automobile liabilities based upon 
actuarial methods to estimate the future cost of claims and related expenses that have been reported but not settled, and that 
have been incurred but not yet reported, discounted at a risk-free interest rate. The present value of such claims was calculated 
using a discount rate of 3% and 2% as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, respectively.

Changes in the Company’s self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Beginning balance

Expense
Claim payments
Reclassifications

Ending balance

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

103  $ 
44 
(50)   
1 
98  $ 

101  $ 
48 
(48)   
2 
103  $ 

89 
44 
(36) 
4 
101 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The  current  portion  of  the  self-insurance  liability  was  $34  million  and  $32  million  as  of  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021, 
respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The long-
term portions were $64 million and $71 million as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, respectively, and are included in Other 
long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The self-insurance liabilities as of the end of the fiscal year are net of 
discounts  of  $11  million  and  $10  million  as  of  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021,  respectively.  Amounts  due  from  insurance 
companies were $12 million and $17 million as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021, respectively, and are recorded in Prepaid 
expenses and other current assets and Other long-term assets.

Leases

At  the  inception  or  modification  of  a  contract,  the  Company  determines  whether  a  lease  exists  and  classifies  its  leases  as  an 
operating  or  finance  lease  at  commencement.  Subsequent  to  commencement,  lease  classification  is  only  reassessed  upon  a 
change to the expected lease term or contract modification. Finance and operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to 
use  an  underlying  asset  as  lessee  for  the  lease  term,  and  lease  obligations  represent  the  Company’s  obligation  to  make  lease 
payments  arising  from  the  lease.  These  assets  and  obligations  are  recognized  at  the  lease  commencement  date  based  on  the 
present value of lease payments, net of incentives, over the lease term. Incremental borrowing rates are estimated based on the 
Company’s borrowing rate as of the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments, when lease 
contracts  do  not  provide  a  readily  determinable  implicit  rate.  Incremental  borrowing  rates  are  determined  by  using  the  yield 
curve based on the Company’s credit rating adjusted for the Company’s specific debt profile and secured debt risk. The lease 
asset  also  reflects  any  prepaid  rent,  initial  direct  costs  incurred  and  lease  incentives  received.  The  Company’s  lease  terms 
include  optional  extension  periods  when  it  is  reasonably  certain  that  those  options  will  be  exercised.  Leases  with  an  initial 
expected  term  of  12  months  or  less  are  not  recorded  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  the  related  lease  expense  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For certain classes of underlying assets, the Company has elected to not 
separate fixed lease components from the fixed nonlease components.

The  Company  recognizes  contractual  obligations  and  receipts  on  a  gross  basis,  such  that  the  related  lease  obligation  to  the 
landlord is presented separately from the sublease created by the lease assignment to the assignee. As a result, the Company 
continues to recognize on its Consolidated Balance Sheets the operating lease assets and liabilities, and finance lease assets and 
obligations, for assigned leases.

The Company records operating lease expense and income using the straight-line method within Operating expenses, and lease 
income  on  a  straight-line  method  for  leases  with  its  customers  within  Net  sales.  Finance  lease  expense  is  recognized  as 
amortization expense within Operating expenses, and interest expense within Interest expense, net. For operating leases with 
step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase over the life of the lease, and for leases with rent-free periods, the 
Company  recognizes  expense  and  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  expected  lease  term,  based  on  the  total  minimum 
lease  payments  to  be  made  or  lease  receipts  expected  to  be  received.  The  Company  is  generally  obligated  for  property  tax, 
insurance and maintenance expenses related to leased properties, which often represent variable lease expenses. For contractual 
obligations on properties where the Company remains the primary obligor upon assignment of the lease and does not obtain a 
release from landlords or retain the equity interests in the legal entities with the related rent contracts, the Company continues to 
recognize rent expense and rent income within Operating expenses.

Operating and finance lease assets are reviewed for impairment based on an ongoing review of circumstances that indicate the 
assets may no longer be recoverable, such as closures of retail stores, distribution centers and other properties that are no longer 
being utilized in current operations, and other factors. The Company calculates operating and finance lease impairments using a 
discount rate to calculate the present value of estimated subtenant rentals that could be reasonably obtained for the property. 
Lease impairment charges for properties no longer used in operations are recorded as a component of Restructuring, acquisition 
and integration related expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The calculation of lease impairment charges requires significant judgments and estimates, including estimated subtenant rentals, 
discount rates and future cash flows based on the Company’s experience and knowledge of the market in which the property is 
located,  previous  efforts  to  dispose  of  similar  assets  and  the  assessment  of  existing  market  conditions.  Impairments  are 
recognized as a reduction of the carrying value of the right of use asset and finance lease assets. Refer to Note 11—Leases for 
additional information.

64

 Table of Contents

For transactions in which an owned property is sold and leased back from the buyer, the Company recognizes a sale, and lease 
accounting is applied if the Company has transferred control of the property to the buyer. For such transactions, the Company 
removes  the  transferred  assets  from  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  a  gain  or  loss  on  the  sale  is  recognized  for  the 
difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the fair value of the transaction as of the transaction date. If control of 
the underlying asset is not transferred, the Company does not recognize an asset sale and recognizes a financing lease liability 
for consideration received.

NOTE 2—RECENTLY ADOPTED AND ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  accounting  standards  update  (“ASU”)  No. 
2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842)  (“ASC  842”),  which  provided  new  comprehensive  lease  accounting  guidance  that  supersedes 
previous lease guidance. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2020, on August 4, 2019. Adoption of this standard did 
not have a material impact to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' 
Equity or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—
Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial 
guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 (collectively, “Topic 326”). Topic 326 changed the 
impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables, guarantees and other 
instruments,  entities  are  required  to  use  a  new  forward-looking  expected  loss  model  that  replaces  the  previous  incurred  loss 
model and generally results in earlier recognition of credit losses. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2021, on August 
2, 2020, the effective and initial application date, using a modified-retrospective basis as required by the standard by means of a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  Retained  earnings  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Stockholders' Equity. The difference between reserves and allowances recorded under the former incurred loss model and the 
amount  determined  under  the  current  expected  loss  model,  net  of  the  deferred  tax  impact,  was  recorded  as  an  adjustment  to 
Retained  earnings.  Adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  to  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.

In  April  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2019-04,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit 
Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825. This ASU clarifies the accounting treatment for the measurement 
of  credit  losses  under  ASC  326  and  provides  further  clarification  on  previously  issued  updates  including  ASU  2017-12, 
Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Targeted  Improvements  to  Accounting  for  Hedging  Activities  and  ASU  2016-01, 
Financial  Instruments—Overall  (Subtopic  825-10):  Recognition  and  Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial 
Liabilities. Since the Company adopted ASU 2017-12 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the amendments in ASU 2019-04 
related  to  clarifications  on  Accounting  for  Hedging  Activities  which  were  adopted  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  2020,  with  no 
impact to Accumulated other comprehensive loss or Retained earnings for fiscal 2020, as the Company did not have separately 
measured  ineffectiveness  related  to  its  cash  flow  hedges.  The  remaining  amendments  within  ASU  2019-04  were  adopted  in 
fiscal  2021  with  the  adoption  of  Topic  326.  Adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. 
ASU  2019-12  eliminates  certain  exceptions  to  Topic  740’s  general  principles.  The  amendments  also  improve  consistency  in 
and simplify its application. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a 
material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  March  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2020-04,  Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of 
Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting.  The  temporary  guidance  provides  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  for 
applying  GAAP  to  contracts,  hedging  relationships  and  other  transactions  that  reference  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate 
(“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. ASU 2020-04 is effective from March 12, 2020 and may be 
applied  prospectively  through  December  31,  2022.  In  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  elected  the  initial  expedient  to  assert 
probability  of  its  hedged  interest  rate  payments  regardless  of  any  expected  modification  in  terms  related  to  reference  rate 
reform. The Company adopted the remaining applicable practical expedients of the standard in fiscal 2022 when it converted its 
LIBOR-based contracts to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The adoption of this standard did not have a material 
impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

65

 Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In  June  2022,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2022-03,  Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Fair  Value  Measurement  of  Equity 
Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. ASU 2022-03 clarifies that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity 
security is not part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair value. The 
amendments in this update also require additional disclosures for equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions. The 
Company is required to adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2025. The Company is in the process of reviewing the 
provisions  of  the  new  standard  but  does  not  expect  the  adoption  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements. 

NOTE 3—REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Product sales

The  Company  enters  into  wholesale  customer  distribution  agreements  that  provide  terms  and  conditions  of  our  order 
fulfillment. The Company’s distribution agreements often specify levels of required minimum purchases in order to earn certain 
rebates  or  incentives.  Certain  contracts  include  rebates  and  other  forms  of  variable  consideration,  including  consideration 
payable to the customer up-front, over time or at the end of a contract term. Many of the Company’s contracts with customers 
outline  various  other  promises  to  be  performed  in  conjunction  with  the  sale  of  product.  The  Company  determined  that  these 
promises  provided  are  immaterial  within  the  overall  context  of  the  respective  contract,  and  as  such  has  not  allocated  the 
transaction price to these obligations.

In transactions for goods or services where the Company engages third parties to participate in its order fulfillment process, it 
evaluates whether it is the principal or an agent in the transaction. The Company’s analysis considers whether it controls the 
goods or services before they are transferred to its customer, including an evaluation of whether the Company has the ability to 
direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the remaining benefits from, the specified good or service before it is transferred to 
the  customer.  Agent  transactions  primarily  reflect  circumstances  where  the  Company  is  not  involved  in  order  fulfillment  or 
where it is involved in the order fulfillment but is not contractually obligated to purchase the related goods or services from 
vendors, and instead extends wholesale customers credit by paying vendor trade accounts payable and does not control products 
prior to their sale. Under ASC 606, if the Company determines that it is acting in an agent capacity, transactions are recorded on 
a net basis. If the Company determines that it is acting in a principal capacity, transactions are recorded on a gross basis.

The Company also evaluates vendor sales incentives to determine whether they reduce the transaction price with its customers. 
The  Company’s  analysis  considers  which  party  tenders  the  incentive,  whether  the  incentive  reflects  a  direct  reimbursement 
from a vendor, whether the incentive is influenced by or negotiated in conjunction with any other incentive arrangements and 
whether  the  incentive  is  subject  to  an  agency  relationship  with  the  vendor,  whether  expressed  or  implied.  Typically,  when 
vendor  incentives  are  offered  directly  by  vendors  to  the  Company’s  customers,  require  the  achievement  of  vendor-specified 
requirements  to  be  earned  by  customers,  and  are  not  negotiated  by  the  Company  or  in  conjunction  with  any  other  incentive 
agreement whereby the Company does not control the direction or earning of these incentives, then Net sales are not reduced as 
part  of  the  Company’s  determination  of  the  transaction  price.  In  circumstances  where  the  vendors  provide  the  Company 
consideration  to  promote  the  sale  of  their  goods  and  the  Company  determines  the  specific  performance  requirements  for  its 
customers  to  earn  these  incentives,  Net  sales  and  Cost  of  sales  are  reduced  for  these  customer  incentives  as  part  of  the 
determination of the transaction price.

Certain customer agreements provide for the right to license one or more of the Company’s tradenames, such as FESTIVAL 
FOODS®,  SENTRY®,  COUNTY  MARKET®,  NEWMARKET®,  FOODLAND®,  and  SUPERVALU®.  In  addition,  the 
Company enters into franchise agreements to separately charge its customers, who the Company also sells wholesale products 
to,  for  the  right  to  use  its  CUB®  tradename.  The  Company  typically  does  not  separately  charge  for  the  right  to  license  its 
tradenames. The Company believes that these tradenames are capable of being distinct, but are not distinct within the context of 
the  contracts  with  its  customers.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  separately  recognize  revenue  related  to  tradenames 
utilized by its customers. 

66

 Table of Contents

The Company enters into distribution agreements with manufacturers to provide wholesale supplies to the Defense Commissary 
Agency (“DeCA”) and other government agency locations. DeCA contracts with manufacturers to obtain grocery products for 
the  commissary  system.  The  Company  contracts  with  manufacturers  to  distribute  products  to  the  commissaries  after  being 
authorized by the manufacturers to be a military distributor to DeCA. The Company must adhere to DeCA’s delivery system 
procedures governing matters such as product identification, ordering and processing, information exchange and resolution of 
discrepancies. DeCA identifies the manufacturer with which an order is to be placed, determines which distributor is contracted 
by the manufacturer for a particular commissary or exchange location, and then places a product order with that distributor that 
is covered under DeCA’s master contract with the applicable manufacturer. The Company supplies product from its existing 
inventory, delivers it to the DeCA designated location, and bills the manufacturer for the product price plus a drayage fee. The 
manufacturer then bills DeCA under the terms of its master contract. The Company has determined that it controls the goods 
before they are transferred to the customer, and as such it is the principal in the transaction. Revenue is recognized on a gross 
basis when control of the product passes to the DeCA designated location.

Customer incentives

The  Company  provides  incentives  to  its  wholesale  customers  in  various  forms  established  under  the  applicable  agreement, 
including advances, payments over time that are earned by achieving specified purchasing thresholds, and upon the passage of 
time. The Company typically records customer advances within Other long-term assets and Prepaid expenses and other current 
assets  and  typically  recognizes  customer  incentive  payments  that  are  based  on  expected  purchases  over  the  term  of  the 
agreement as a reduction to Net sales. To the extent that the transaction price for product sales includes variable consideration, 
such  as  certain  of  these  customer  incentives,  the  Company  estimates  the  amount  of  variable  consideration  that  should  be 
included  in  the  transaction  price  primarily  by  utilizing  the  expected  value  method.  Variable  consideration  is  included  in  the 
transaction price if it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the agreement will not occur. 
The Company believes that there will not be significant changes to its estimates of variable consideration, as the uncertainty 
will be resolved within a relatively short time and there is a significant amount of historical data that is used in the estimation of 
the  amount  of  variable  consideration  to  be  received.  Therefore,  the  Company  has  not  constrained  its  estimates  of  variable 
consideration.

Customer incentive assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances exist for which the Company no longer expects to 
recover the applicable customer incentives.

Professional services and equipment sales

Separate  from  the  services  provided  in  conjunction  with  the  sale  of  products  described  above,  many  of  the  Company’s 
agreements with customers also include distinct professional services and other promises to customers, in addition to the sale of 
the product itself, such as retail store support, advertising, store layout and design services, merchandising support, couponing, 
eCommerce,  network  and  data  hosting  solutions,  training  and  certifications  classes,  and  administrative  back-office  solutions. 
These  professional  services  may  contain  a  single  performance  obligation  for  each  respective  service,  in  which  case  such 
services revenues are recognized when delivered. Revenues from professional services are less than 1% of total Net sales.

Wholesale equipment sales are recorded as direct sales to customers when shipped or delivered, consistent with the recognition 
of product sales.

Disaggregation of Revenues

The Company records revenue to five customer channels within Net sales, which are described below:

•

•

•

•

•

Chains,  which  consists  of  customer  accounts  that  typically  have  more  than  10  operating  stores  and  excludes  stores 
included within the Supernatural and Other channels defined below;
Independent  retailers,  which  includes  smaller  size  accounts  including  single  store  and  multiple  store  locations,  and 
group purchasing entities that are not classified within Chains above or Other discussed below;
Supernatural,  which  consists  of  chain  accounts  that  are  national  in  scope  and  carry  primarily  natural  products,  and 
currently consists solely of Whole Foods Market;
Retail, which reflects our Retail segment, including Cub Foods and Shoppers stores, excluding Shoppers locations that 
were held for sale within discontinued operations; and
Other,  which  includes  international  customers  outside  of  Canada,  foodservice,  eCommerce,  conventional  military 
business and other sales.

67

 Table of Contents

The following tables detail the Company’s net sales for the periods presented by customer channel for each of its segments. The 
Company  does  not  record  its  revenues  within  its  Wholesale  reportable  segment  for  financial  reporting  purposes  by  product 
group, and it is therefore impracticable for it to report them accordingly.

(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total

(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total

(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total

Wholesale

Retail

Net Sales for Fiscal 2022
Other

Eliminations(1)

Consolidated

$ 

$ 

12,562  $ 
7,360 
5,719 
— 
2,183 
— 
27,824  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
2,468 
— 
— 
2,468  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
219 
— 
219  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1,583)   
(1,583)  $ 

12,562 
7,360 
5,719 
2,468 
2,402 
(1,583) 
28,928 

Wholesale

Retail

Net Sales for Fiscal 2021
Other

Eliminations(1)

Consolidated

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,104  $ 
6,638 
5,050 
— 
2,081 
— 
25,873  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
2,442 
— 
— 
2,442  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
219 
— 
219  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1,584)   
(1,584)  $ 

12,104 
6,638 
5,050 
2,442 
2,300 
(1,584) 
26,950 

Wholesale

Retail

Net Sales for Fiscal 2020
Other

Eliminations(1)

Consolidated

12,010  $ 

6,699 
4,720 
— 
2,096 
— 
25,525  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
2,375 
— 
— 
2,375  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
228 
— 
228  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1,569)   
(1,569)  $ 

12,010 
6,699 
4,720 
2,375 
2,324 
(1,569) 
26,559 

(1) Eliminations  primarily  includes  the  net  sales  elimination  of  Wholesale’s  sales  to  the  Retail  segment  and  the  elimination  of  sales 

from segments included within Other to Wholesale.

Whole  Foods  Market,  Inc.  was  the  Company’s  largest  customer  in  each  fiscal  year  presented.  Whole  Foods  Market,  Inc. 
accounted  for  approximately  20%,  19%  and  18%  of  the  Company’s  net  sales  for  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively. 
There were no other customers that individually generated 10% or more of the Company’s net sales during those periods.

The Company serves customers in the United States and Canada, as well as customers located in other countries. However, all 
of  the  Company’s  revenue  is  earned  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  international  distribution  occurs  through  freight-
forwarders. The Company does not have any performance obligations on international shipments subsequent to delivery to the 
domestic port.

Contract Balances

The Company typically does not incur costs that are required to be capitalized in connection with obtaining a contract with a 
customer. The Company typically does not have any performance obligations to deliver products under its contracts until its 
customers submit a purchase order, as it stands ready to deliver product upon receipt of a purchase order under contracts with 
its customers. These performance obligations are generally satisfied within a very short period of time. Therefore, the Company 
has utilized the practical expedient that provides an exemption from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining 
performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or 
less. The Company does not typically receive pre-payments from its customers.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Customer payments are due when control of goods or services are transferred to the customer and are typically not conditional 
on anything other than payment terms, which typically are less than 30 days. Since no significant financing components exist 
between the period of time the Company transfers goods or services to the customer and when it receives payment for those 
goods or services, the Company generally does not adjust the transaction price to recognize a financing component. Customer 
incentives  are  not  considered  contract  assets  as  they  are  not  generated  through  the  transfer  of  goods  or  services  to  the 
customers. No material contract asset or liability exists for any period reported within these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounts and Notes Receivable Balances

Accounts and notes receivable are as follows:

(in millions)

Customer accounts receivable

Allowance for uncollectible receivables 

Other receivables, net

Accounts receivable, net

Notes receivable, net, included within Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Long-term notes receivable, net, included within Other long-term assets

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,213  $ 

1,115 

(18)   

19 

(28) 

16 

1,214  $ 

1,103 

6  $ 

12  $ 

7 

15 

The allowance for uncollectible receivables, and estimated variable consideration allowed for as sales concessions consists of 
the following:

(in millions)

Balance at beginning of year

Impact of adoption of new credit loss standard

Provision for losses in Operating expenses

Reductions of Net sales

Write-offs charged against the allowance

Balance at end of year

$ 

2022

2021

2020

$ 

28  $ 

— 

2 

1 

(13)   

18  $ 

56  $ 

4 

(9)   

3 

(26)   

28  $ 

NOTE 4—RESTRUCTURING, ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION RELATED EXPENSES 

Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses were as follows:

(in millions)
Restructuring and integration costs
Closed property charges and costs
SUPERVALU INC. restructuring expenses
Total

Restructuring and Integration Costs

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

20  $ 
1 
— 
21  $ 

50  $ 
6 
— 
56  $ 

Restructuring  and  integration  costs  for  fiscal  2022  primarily  relate  to  the  finalization  of  integration  costs  related  to  the 
Supervalu acquisition. Fiscal 2021 restructuring and integration costs primarily relate to certain professional fees for advisory 
and  transformational  activities.  Fiscal  2020  restructuring  and  integration  costs  primarily  relate  to  expenses  associated  with 
integrating  and  consolidating  distribution  centers,  certain  professional  fees  for  distribution  center  network  and  administrative 
integration activities. 

Closed Property Charges and Costs

In fiscal 2021 and 2020, closed property charges relate to lease, and property and equipment asset impairments related to retail 
stores, lease terminations of non-operating stores and distribution center consolidation.

69

21 

— 

38 

12 

(15) 

56 

42 
40 
5 
87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Land
Buildings and improvements
Leasehold improvements
Equipment
Motor vehicles
Finance lease assets
Construction in progress
Property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

Original
Estimated
Useful Lives

10 - 40 years
10 - 20 years
3 - 25 years
5 - 8 years
1 - 9 years

2022

2021

137  $ 
998 
241 
1,130 
66 
58 
140 
2,770 
1,080 
1,690  $ 

138 
1,020 
177 
980 
70 
144 
209 
2,738 
954 
1,784 

  $ 

  $ 

The Company capitalized $4 million, $3 million, and $5 million of interest during fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $213 million, $209 million and $198 million for fiscal 
2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

NOTE 6—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET 

The Company has five goodwill reporting units: two of which represent separate operating segments and are aggregated within 
the  Wholesale  reportable  segment  (U.S.  Wholesale  and  Canada  Wholesale);  one  separate  Retail  operating  and  reportable 
segment and two of which are separate operating segments (Woodstock Farms and Blue Marble Brands) that do not meet the 
criteria  for  being  disclosed  as  separate  reportable  segments  and  are  included  in  the  Other  segment.  The  Canada  Wholesale 
operating segment, which is aggregated with U.S. Wholesale, would not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate reporting 
if it did not meet the aggregation criteria.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 and 2021 the Company performed its annual goodwill qualitative impairment review and 
determined that a quantitative impairment test was not required for any of its reporting units.

Fiscal 2020 Goodwill Impairment Reviews

During the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company changed its management structure and internal financial reporting, which 
resulted in the requirement to combine the Supervalu Wholesale reporting unit and the legacy Company Wholesale reporting 
unit into one U.S. Wholesale reporting unit, and experienced a further sustained decline in market capitalization and enterprise 
value. As a result of the change in reporting units and the sustained decline in market capitalization and enterprise value, the 
Company performed an interim quantitative impairment review of goodwill for the Wholesale reporting units, which included a 
determination of the fair value of all reporting units. 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The Company estimated the fair values of all reporting units using both the market approach, applying a multiple of earnings 
based on observable multiples for guideline publicly traded companies, and the income approach, discounting projected future 
cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment for each reporting unit. The 
calculation of the impairment charge included substantial fact-based determinations and estimates including weighted average 
cost  of  capital,  future  revenue,  profitability,  cash  flows  and  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  The  rates  used  to  discount 
projected future cash flows under the income approach reflect a weighted average cost of capital of 8.5%, which considered 
observable  data  about  guideline  publicly  traded  companies,  an  estimated  market  participant’s  expectations  about  capital 
structure  and  risk  premiums,  including  those  reflected  in  the  Company’s  market  capitalization.  The  Company  confirmed  the 
reasonableness of the estimated reporting unit fair values by reconciling to its enterprise value and market capitalization. Based 
on this analysis, the Company determined that the carrying value of its U.S. Wholesale reporting unit exceeded its fair value by 
an  amount  that  exceeded  its  assigned  goodwill.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $422 
million in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The goodwill impairment charge is reflected in Goodwill impairment charges in the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations. The goodwill impairment charge reflected the impairment of all of the U.S. Wholesale 
reporting unit’s goodwill. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company performed its annual goodwill qualitative impairment review and determined 
that a quantitative impairment test was not required for any of its reporting units. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Changes

Changes in the carrying value of Goodwill by reportable segment that have goodwill consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Goodwill as of August 1, 2020(1)(2)
  Change in foreign exchange rates
Goodwill as of July 31, 2021(1)(2)
  Change in foreign exchange rates
Goodwill as of July 30, 2022(1)(2)

Wholesale

Other

Total

$ 

$ 

10  $ 
— 
10 
— 
10  $ 

10  $ 
— 
10 
— 
10  $ 

20 
— 
20 
— 
20 

(1) Wholesale amounts are net of accumulated goodwill impairment charges of $717 million, $717 million and $717 million for fiscal 

2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively.

(2)  Other amounts are net of accumulated goodwill impairment charges of $10 million, $10 million and $10 million for fiscal 2020, 

2021 and 2022, respectively.

Identifiable intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

$ 

(in millions)
Amortizing intangible assets:

Customer relationships
Pharmacy prescription files
Operating lease intangibles
Trademarks and tradenames
Total amortizing intangible assets
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
Trademarks and tradenames

Intangibles assets, net

$ 

2022

2021

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net

1,007  $ 
33 
6 
84 
1,130 

56 
1,186  $ 

294  $ 
18 
4 
51 
367 

— 
367  $ 

713  $ 
15 
2 
33 
763 

56 
819  $ 

1,007  $ 
33 
7 
84 
1,131 

56 
1,187  $ 

234  $ 
13 
4 
45 
296 

— 
296  $ 

773 
20 
3 
39 
835 

56 
891 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Amortization expense was $72 million, $78 million and $91 million for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The estimated 
future amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter on definite lived intangible assets existing as of 
July 30, 2022 is shown below:

Fiscal Year:
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

(in millions)

$ 

$ 

72 
72 
70 
66 
63 
420 
763 

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following tables provide the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

(in millions)

Assets:

Consolidated Balance Sheets Location

Fuel derivatives designated as hedging 

instruments

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Other long-term assets

Interest rate swaps designated as 

hedging instruments

Interest rate swaps designated as 

hedging instruments

Liabilities:

Interest rate swaps designated as 

hedging instruments

Fair Value at July 30, 2022
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

3  $ 

—  $ 

3  $ 

—  $ 

1  $ 

— 

— 

— 

Other long-term liabilities

$ 

—  $ 

2  $ 

— 

Fair Value at July 31, 2021
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 
2  $ 

1  $ 
—  $ 

—  $ 

1  $ 

—  $ 

33  $ 

—  $ 

42  $ 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

(in millions)
Assets:

Fuel derivatives designated as hedging 

instruments
Mutual funds

Liabilities:

Consolidated Balance Sheets Location

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other long-term assets

Foreign currency derivatives designated 

as hedging instruments

Interest rate swaps designated as 

hedging instruments

Interest rate swaps designated as 

hedging instruments

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

72

 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

The fair values of interest rate swap contracts are measured using Level 2 inputs. The interest rate swap contracts are valued 
using an income approach interest rate swap valuation model incorporating observable market inputs including interest rates, 
SOFR swap rates for fiscal 2022, LIBOR swap rates for fiscal 2021 and credit default swap rates. As of July 30, 2022, a 100-
basis  point  increase  in  forward  SOFR  interest  rates  would  increase  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  by 
approximately  $17  million;  a  100-basis  point  decrease  in  forward  SOFR  interest  rates  would  decrease  the  fair  value  of  the 
interest rate swaps by approximately $18 million. Refer to Note 8—Derivatives for further information on interest rate swap 
contracts.

Mutual Funds

Mutual  fund  assets  consist  of  balances  held  in  investments  to  fund  certain  deferred  compensation  plans.  The  fair  values  of 
mutual  fund  assets  are  based  on  quoted  market  prices  of  the  mutual  funds  held  by  the  plan  at  each  reporting  period.  Mutual 
funds traded in active markets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fuel Supply Agreements and Derivatives

To  reduce  diesel  fuel  price  risk,  the  Company  has  entered  into  derivative  financial  instruments  and/or  forward  purchase 
commitments for a portion of our projected monthly diesel fuel requirements at fixed prices. The fair values of fuel derivative 
agreements are measured using Level 2 inputs.

Foreign Exchange Derivatives

To reduce foreign exchange risk, the Company has entered into derivative financial instruments for a portion of our projected 
monthly  foreign  currency  requirements  at  fixed  prices.  The  fair  values  of  foreign  exchange  derivatives  are  measured  using 
Level 2 inputs. 

Fair Value Estimates

For certain of the Company’s financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued 
vacation, compensation and benefits, and other current assets and liabilities the fair values approximate carrying amounts due to 
their  short  maturities.  The  fair  value  of  notes  receivable  is  estimated  by  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  prior  to 
consideration for uncollectible amounts and is calculated by applying a market rate for similar instruments using Level 3 inputs. 
The  fair  value  of  debt  is  estimated  based  on  market  quotes,  where  available,  or  market  values  for  similar  instruments,  using 
Level 2 and 3 inputs. In the table below, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt is net of original issue discounts 
and debt issuance costs. Refer to Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies for additional information regarding the fair value 
hierarchy.

(in millions)
Notes receivable, including current portion
Long-term debt, including current portion

NOTE 8—DERIVATIVES 

Management of Interest Rate Risk

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

Carrying Value
$ 
$ 

23  $ 
2,123  $ 

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

17  $ 
2,153  $ 

29  $ 
2,188  $ 

26 
2,278 

The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts from time to time to mitigate its exposure to changes in market interest 
rates as part of its overall strategy to manage its debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of notional debt amounts 
subject  to  fixed  and  floating  interest  rates.  Interest  rate  swap  contracts  are  entered  into  for  periods  consistent  with  related 
underlying  exposures  and  do  not  constitute  positions  independent  of  those  exposures.  The  Company’s  interest  rate  swap 
contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap contracts are reflected at their fair values in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 7—Fair Value Measurements of Financial Instruments for further information on the fair value 
of interest rate swap contracts.

73

 
 Table of Contents

Details of active swap contracts as of July 30, 2022, which are all pay fixed and receive floating, are as follows:

Effective Date

Swap Maturity

Notional Value 
(in millions)

Pay Fixed 
Rate(2)

August 3, 2015(1)

August 15, 2022

$ 

October 26, 2018

October 31, 2022

January 11, 2019

October 31, 2022

January 23, 2019

October 31, 2022

29 

100 

50 

50 

 1.7950 %

 2.8170 %

 2.3770 %

 2.2740 %

November 16, 2018

March 31, 2023

150 

 2.7770 %

January 23, 2019

March 31, 2023

November 30, 2018

September 30, 2023

October 26, 2018

October 31, 2023

January 11, 2019

March 28, 2024

January 23, 2019

March 28, 2024

November 30, 2018

October 31, 2024

January 11, 2019

October 31, 2024

January 24, 2019

October 31, 2024

October 26, 2018

October 22, 2025

November 16, 2018

October 22, 2025

November 16, 2018

October 22, 2025

January 24, 2019

October 22, 2025

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

 2.4245 %

 2.6980 %

 2.7880 %

 2.3600 %

 2.4250 %

 2.7385 %

 2.4025 %

 2.4090 %

 2.8725 %

 2.8750 %

 2.8380 %

 2.4750 %

Receive Floating Rate(2)
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR
One-Month Term 
SOFR

Floating Rate 
Reset Terms

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

Monthly

$ 

1,229 

(1) The swap contract has an amortizing notional principal amount which is reduced by $1 million on a quarterly basis.

(2)

In fiscal 2022, the Company amended the reference rate in all of its outstanding interest rate swap contracts to replace One-Month 
LIBOR with One-Month Term SOFR and certain credit spread adjustments. The Company did not record any gains or losses upon 
the  conversion  of  the  reference  rates  in  these  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  and  the  Company  believes  these  amendments  will  not 
have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In fiscal 2021, in order to reduce its exposure to pay fixed and receive floating interest rate swap contracts due to lower levels 
of debt balances with floating interest rates, the Company paid $6 million to terminate certain outstanding interest rate swaps 
with  a  notional  amount  of  $250  million.  In  addition,  in  fiscal  2021,  in  conjunction  with  the  $500  million  fixed  rate  senior 
unsecured notes offering described below in Note 9—Long-Term Debt, the Company paid $11 million to terminate or novate 
certain outstanding interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $504 million and certain forward starting interest rate swaps 
with  a  notional  amount  of  $450  million.  The  payments  equaled  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  at  the  time  of  their 
termination  or  novation.  No  gain  or  loss  was  recorded  as  a  result  of  the  swap  terminations  and  novations.  Since  the  hedged 
interest payments remain probable of occurring, the unrecognized gains and losses that existed as of the early termination or 
novation  of  these  interest  rate  swap  agreements  will  be  amortized  out  of  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  and  into 
Interest expense, net over the remaining period of the original terminated or novated interest rate swap agreements. If any of the 
hedged  interest  payments  were  not  probable  of  occurring,  then  a  charge  representing  an  accelerated  amortization  of  the 
unrecognized  gains  and  losses  would  be  recorded.  Cash  payments  resulting  from  the  termination  or  novation  of  interest  rate 
swaps are classified as operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The Company performs an initial quantitative assessment of hedge effectiveness using the “Hypothetical Derivative Method” in 
the  period  in  which  the  hedging  transaction  is  entered.  Under  this  method,  the  Company  assesses  the  effectiveness  of  each 
hedging  relationship  by  comparing  the  changes  in  cash  flows  of  the  derivative  hedging  instrument  with  the  changes  in  cash 
flows  of  the  designated  hedged  transactions.  In  future  reporting  periods,  the  Company  performs  a  qualitative  analysis  for 
quarterly prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness. The Company also monitors the risk of counterparty 
default on an ongoing basis and noted that the counterparties are reputable financial institutions. The entire change in the fair 
value of the derivative is initially reported in Other comprehensive income (outside of earnings) in the Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income and subsequently reclassified to earnings in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of 
Operations when the hedged transactions affect earnings.

The  location  and  amount  of  gains  or  losses  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  interest  rate  swap 
contracts for each of the periods, presented on a pre-tax basis, are as follows:

(In millions)
Total amounts of expense line items presented in the Consolidated 

Statements of Operations in which the effects of cash flow hedges are 
recorded

Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:

Loss reclassified from comprehensive income into earnings

(Loss) gain on interest rate swap contracts not designated as hedging 

instruments:

(Loss) gain recognized in earnings

NOTE 9—LONG-TERM DEBT 

The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:

Interest Expense, net
2021

2020

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

155  $ 

204  $ 

192 

(36)  $ 

(46)  $ 

(25) 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

Average 
Interest Rate at
July 30, 2022
5.69%
3.55%
6.75%
5.09%

Fiscal Maturity 
Year
2026
2027
2029
2024-2025

(in millions)
Term Loan Facility
ABL Credit Facility
Senior Notes
Other secured loans
Debt issuance costs, net
Original issue discount on debt
Long-term debt, including current portion
Less: current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

800  $ 
840 
500 
23 
(29)   
(11)   

2,123 

(14)   
2,109  $ 

$ 

July 30, 2022
$ 

July 31, 2021

1,002 
701 
500 
37 
(35) 
(17) 
2,188 
(13) 
2,175 

Future  maturities  of  long-term  debt,  excluding  debt  issuance  costs  and  original  issue  and  purchase  accounting  discounts  on 
debt, and contractual interest payments based on the face value and applicable interest rate as of July 30, 2022, consist of the 
following (in millions):

Fiscal Year
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028 and thereafter

Long-term 
debt maturity
$ 

Interest on 
long-term debt
107 
115 
110 
74 
59 
51 
516 

14  $ 
8 
1 
800 
840 
500 
2,163  $ 

$ 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Senior Notes 

On October 22, 2020, the Company issued $500 million of unsecured 6.750% senior notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior 
Notes”). The Senior Notes are guaranteed by each of the Company’s subsidiaries that are borrowers under or that guarantee the 
ABL Credit Facility or the Term Loan Facility (defined below). 

ABL Credit Facility

On June 3, 2022, the Company entered into a new loan agreement (the “ABL Loan Agreement”), by and among the Company 
(the “2022 U.S. Borrower”) and UNFI Canada. (the “2022 Canadian Borrower” and, together with the 2022 U.S. Borrower, the 
“2022  Borrowers”),  and  the  financial  institutions  that  are  parties  thereto  as  lenders  (collectively,  the  “2022  ABL  Lenders”), 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as administrative agent for the 2022 ABL Lenders, and the other parties thereto, which provides for a 
secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”), of which up to $2,600 million is available to the 2022 
Borrowers, including a U.S. Dollar equivalent of $100 million sublimit for borrowings in Canadian dollars. The ABL Credit 
Facility replaced the Company’s existing $2,100 million ABL credit facility. Under the new ABL Loan Agreement, the 2022 
Borrowers may, at their option, increase the aggregate amount of the ABL Credit Facility in an amount of up to $750 million 
without the consent of any 2022 ABL Lenders not participating in such increase, subject to certain customary conditions and 
applicable  lenders  committing  to  provide  the  increase  in  funding.  There  is  no  assurance  that  additional  funding  would  be 
available.  Effective  June  3,  2022,  the  Company  used  borrowings  under  the  ABL  Loan  Agreement  to  repay  all  amounts 
outstanding under the existing $2,100 million ABL credit facility and terminated the existing ABL credit facility. 

The ABL Loan Agreement utilizes Term SOFR and Prime rates as the benchmark interest rates. Borrowings under the ABL 
Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at  rates  that,  at  the  2022  Borrowers’  option,  can  be  either:  (i)  a  base  rate  plus  a  0.00%  -  0.25% 
margin  or  (ii)  a  Term  SOFR  rate  plus  a  1.00%  -  1.25%  margin.  Unutilized  commitments  under  the  ABL  Credit  Facility  are 
subject to a per annum fee of 0.20%. The ABL Credit Facility will expire at the earlier of (i) June 3, 2027, and (ii) the date that 
is  90  days  prior  to  the  maturity  date  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  (defined  below)  if  on  such  date  more  than  $100  million  of 
borrowings  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  remain  outstanding  and  mature  prior  to  June  3,  2027.  The  ABL  Loan  Agreement 
subjects the Company to a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0 calculated at the end of each of the Company’s fiscal 
quarters on a rolling four quarter basis, if the adjusted aggregate availability is ever less than the greater of (i) $210 million and 
(ii) 10% of the aggregate Borrowing Base (as defined below). 

The  ABL  Loan  Agreement  contains  certain  operational  and  informational  covenants  customary  for  this  type  of  secured 
revolving credit facility, which limit the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur debt, 
declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to its stockholders, transfer or sell assets, create liens on our assets, engage 
in transactions with affiliates and merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets 
on a consolidated basis. If the Company fails to comply with any of these covenants, it may be in default under the applicable 
debt agreement, and all amounts due thereunder may become immediately due and payable.

The  2022  Borrowers’  obligations  under  the  ABL  Credit  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  most  of  the  Company’s  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”), subject to customary exceptions and limitations. The 2022 Borrowers’ obligations 
under the ABL Credit Facility and the Guarantors’ obligations under the related guarantees are secured by (i) a first-priority lien 
on  all  of  the  2022  Borrowers’  and  Guarantors’  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  certain  other  assets  arising  therefrom  or 
related thereto (including substantially all of their deposit accounts, collectively, the “ABL Assets”) and (ii) a second-priority 
lien on all of the 2022 Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ assets that do not constitute ABL Assets, in each case, subject to customary 
exceptions and limitations.

Availability under the ABL Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base (the “Borrowing Base”), which is based on 90% of 
eligible accounts receivable, plus 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% - 92.5% of the net orderly liquidation value 
of  eligible  inventory,  plus  90%  of  eligible  pharmacy  receivables,  plus  certain  pharmacy  prescription  files  availability  to  the 
Borrowers, after adjusting for customary reserves, but at no time shall exceed the lesser of the aggregate commitments under 
the ABL Credit Facility (currently $2,600 million) or the Borrowing Base. 

The  assets  included  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  securing  the  outstanding  obligations  under  the  2022  ABL  Credit 
Facility on a first-priority basis, and the unused credit and fees under the ABL Credit Facility, were as follows:

76

 Table of Contents

Assets securing the ABL Credit Facility (in millions)(1):
Certain inventory assets included in Inventories, net and Current assets of discontinued 

operations

Certain receivables included in Accounts receivable, net and Current assets of discontinued 

operations

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

1,789  $ 

2,297 

878  $ 

1,041 

(1)  The ABL Credit Facility is also secured by all of the Company’s pharmacy prescription files, which are included in Intangibles, net 

in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information. 

As of July 30, 2022, the Borrowers’ Borrowing Base, net of $120 million of reserves, was $2,612 million, which is above the 
$2,600 million limit of availability, resulting in total availability of $2,600 million for loans and letters of credit under the ABL 
Credit Facility. As of July 30, 2022, the Borrowers had $840 million of loans outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility, which 
are presented net of debt issuance costs of $10 million and are included in Long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
As  of  July  30,  2022,  the  Borrowers  had  $133  million  in  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  the  ABL  Credit  Facility.  The 
Company’s resulting remaining availability under the ABL Credit Facility was $1,627 million as of July 30, 2022.

Availability under the ABL Credit Facility (in millions):
Total availability for ABL loans and letters of credit
ABL loans
Letters of credit
Unused credit

July 30, 2022

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

2,600 
840 
133 
1,627 

The applicable interest rates, letter of credit fees and unutilized commitment fees under the ABL Credit Facility are variable and 
are  dependent  upon  the  prior  fiscal  quarter’s  daily  Average  Availability  (as  defined  in  the  ABL  Agreement),  and  were  as 
follows:

Interest rates and fees under the ABL Credit Facility: 
2022 Borrowers’ applicable margin for base rate loans
2022 Borrowers’ applicable margin for SOFR and BA loans(1)
Unutilized commitment fees
Letter of credit fees

Range of Facility Rates and 
Fees (per annum)
0.00% - 0.25%
1.00% - 1.25%
0.20%
1.125% - 1.375%

July 30, 2022

 0.00 %
 1.00 %
 0.20 %
 1.125 %

(1) The U.S. Borrower utilizes SOFR-based loans and the Canadian Borrower utilizes bankers’ acceptance rate-based loans.

Term Loan Facility

The  term  loan  agreement  (“Term  Loan  Agreement”),  by  and  among  the  Company  and  Supervalu  (collectively,  the  “Term 
Borrowers”), the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders, Credit Suisse, as administrative agent for the Lenders, 
and  the  other  parties  thereto  (the  “Term  Lenders”),  provides  for  senior  secured  first  lien  term  loans  in  an  initial  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  $1,950  million,  primarily  consisting  of  a  $1,800  million  seven-year  tranche  (the  “Term  Loan  Facility”). 
The entire amount of the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facility, which included a $150 million 364-day tranche that was 
repaid  in  fiscal  2020,  was  used  to  finance  the  Supervalu  acquisition  and  related  transaction  costs.  The  loans  under  the  Term 
Loan Facility will be payable in full on October 22, 2025.

Under the Term Loan Agreement, the Company may, at its option, increase the amount of the Term Loan Facility, add one or 
more  additional  tranches  of  term  loans  or  add  one  or  more  additional  tranches  of  revolving  credit  commitments,  without  the 
consent of any Term Lenders not participating in such additional borrowings, up to an aggregate amount of $656 million plus 
additional amounts based on satisfaction of certain leverage ratio tests, subject to certain customary conditions and applicable 
lenders committing to provide the additional funding. There can be no assurance that additional funding would be available.

The  obligations  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  the  Guarantors,  subject  to  customary  exceptions  and 
limitations. The Term Borrowers’ obligations under the Term Loan Facility and the Guarantors’ obligations under the related 
guarantees are secured by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Term Borrowers’ and the Guarantors’ assets other 
than  the  ABL  Assets  and  (ii)  a  second-priority  lien  on  substantially  all  of  the  Term  Borrowers’  and  the  Guarantors’  ABL 
Assets, in each case, subject to customary exceptions and limitations, including an exception for owned real property with net 
book  values  of  less  than  $10  million.  As  of  July  30,  2022  and  July  31,  2021,  there  was  $629  million  and  $676  million, 
respectively, of owned real property pledged as collateral that was included in Property and equipment, net in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.

77

 Table of Contents

The Company must prepay loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility no later than 130 days after the fiscal year end in an 
aggregate principal amount equal to a specified percentage (which percentage ranges from 0 to  75 percent depending on the 
Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year) of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term 
Loan Agreement), minus certain types of voluntary prepayments of indebtedness made during such fiscal year. Based on the 
Company’s Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of fiscal 2022, no prepayment from Excess Cash Flow in 
fiscal 2022 is required to be made in fiscal 2023. 

As  of  July  30,  2022,  the  Company  had  borrowings  of  $800  million  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility,  which  are 
presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of debt issuance costs of $12 million and an original issue discount on debt of 
$11 million. As of July 30, 2022, no amount of the Term Loan Facility was classified as current.

As of July 30, 2022, the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at rates that, at the Term Borrowers’ option, can 
be either: (i) a base rate plus a margin of 2.25% or (ii) a SOFR rate plus a margin of 3.25%; provided that the SOFR rate shall 
never be less than 0.0%. 

On November 10, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Second Term Loan Amendment”) amending the Term 
Loan  Agreement.  The  amendment  provides  for  (i)  the  reduction  of  the  applicable  margin  for  LIBOR  loans  from  3.50%  to 
3.25%  and  the  applicable  margin  for  base  rate  loans  from  2.50%  to  2.25%,  and  (ii)  other  administrative  changes.  The 
amendment did not change the aggregate amount or maturity date of the Term Loan Facility. In conjunction with the Second 
Term Loan Amendment, the Company made a voluntary prepayment of $150 million on the Term Loan Facility funded with 
incremental borrowings under the then outstanding ABL Credit Facility that reduced its interest costs. In connection with this 
prepayment, the Company incurred a loss on debt extinguishment of $5 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and a 
loss  on  unamortized  original  issue  discount,  which  was  recorded  within  Interest  expense,  net  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal 
2022. On March 1, 2022, the Company made a $44 million voluntary prepayment on the Term Loan Facility from the majority 
of the after-tax net proceeds from the sale-leaseback of an acquired distribution center that was previously leased. 

On June 3, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Third Term Loan Amendment”) to the Term Loan Agreement 
to amend the reference rate thereunder from LIBOR to Term SOFR. There were no other changes to the Term Loan Agreement 
as  a  result  of  the  Third  Term  Loan  Amendment.  The  Company  did  not  record  any  gains  or  losses  on  the  conversion  of  the 
reference rate for Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement from LIBOR to SOFR.

78

 Table of Contents

NOTE 10—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 are as 
follows:

(in millions)

Other Cash 
Flow 
Derivatives

Benefit 
Plans

Foreign 
Currency

Swap 
Agreements

Total

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 3, 2019

$ 

—  $ 

(33)  $ 

(20)  $ 

(56)  $ 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit income

Amortization of cash flow hedges

 Settlement charge

Net current period Other comprehensive loss

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(89) 

(3) 

— 

9 

(83) 

(1) 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

(64) 

— 

18 

— 

(46) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 1, 2020

$ 

—  $ 

(116)  $ 

(21)  $ 

(102)  $ 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit income

Amortization of cash flow hedges

Settlement gain

Net current period Other comprehensive income

1 

— 

(1) 

— 

— 

167 

(2) 

— 

(12) 

153 

5 

— 

— 

— 

5 

8 

— 

34 

— 

42 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 31, 2021

$ 

—  $ 

37  $ 

(16)  $ 

(60)  $ 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost

Amortization of cash flow hedges

Net current period Other comprehensive income (loss)

— 

— 

2 

2 

(42) 

2 

— 

(40) 

(3) 

— 

— 

(3) 

34 

— 

26 

60 

(109) 

(154) 

(3) 

18 

9 

(130) 

(239) 

181 

(2) 

33 

(12) 

200 

(39) 

(11) 

2 

28 

19 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 30, 2022

$ 

2  $ 

(3)  $ 

(19)  $ 

—  $ 

(20) 

Items reclassified out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss had the following impact on the Consolidated Statements of 
Operations:

(in millions)

2022

2021

2020

Pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations:

Amortization of amounts included in net periodic 

benefit cost (income)(1)

$ 

4  $ 

(1)  $ 

Settlement (gain) charge

Total reclassifications
Income tax (benefit) expense

Total reclassifications, net of tax

Swap agreements:

Reclassification of cash flow hedge

Income tax benefit

Total reclassifications, net of tax

Other cash flow hedges:

Reclassification of cash flow hedge

Income tax (benefit) expense

Total reclassifications, net of tax

— 

4 
(2) 

(17) 

(18) 
4 

2  $ 

(14)  $ 

36  $ 

46  $ 

(10) 

(12) 

26  $ 

34  $ 

2  $ 

(1)  $ 

— 

— 

2  $ 

(1)  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Affected Line Item on the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations

Net periodic benefit income, 
excluding service cost

Net periodic benefit income, 
excluding service cost

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Interest expense, net

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Cost of sales

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

(3) 

11 

8 
(2) 

6 

25 

(7) 

18 

— 

— 

— 

(1) Reclassification  of  amounts  included  in  net  periodic  benefit  income  include  reclassification  of  prior  service  benefit  and 

reclassification of net actuarial loss as reflected in Note 13—Benefit Plans.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

As of July 30, 2022, the Company expects to reclassify $5 million related to unrealized derivative gains on interest rate swap 
hedges  out  of  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  and  primarily  into  Interest  expense,  net  during  the  following  twelve-
month period.

NOTE 11—LEASES 

The  Company  leases  certain  of  its  distribution  centers,  retail  stores,  office  facilities,  transportation  equipment,  and  other 
operating equipment from third parties. Many of these leases include renewal options. The Company’s lease agreements do not 
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Lease assets and liabilities, net, are as follows (in millions):

Lease Type

Consolidated Balance Sheets Location

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

Operating lease assets

Finance lease assets

Total lease assets

Operating liabilities

Finance liabilities

Operating liabilities

Finance liabilities

Total lease liabilities

Operating lease assets

Property and equipment, net

Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease 
liabilities

Long-term operating lease liabilities

Long-term finance lease liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,176  $ 

22 

1,198  $ 

156  $ 

13 

1,067 

23 

1,064 

112 

1,176 

135 

107 

962 

35 

$ 

1,259  $ 

1,239 

Lease  assets  and  liabilities  presented  in  the  table  above  include  lease  contracts  related  to  our  discontinued  operations,  as  the 
Company expects to remain primarily obligated under these leases.  

The Company’s lease cost under ASC 842 is as follows (in millions):

Lease Expense Type

Operating lease cost

Short-term lease cost

Variable lease cost

Sublease income

Sublease income

Other sublease income, net

Net operating lease cost(1)
Amortization of leased 

assets

Interest on lease liabilities

Finance lease cost

Total net lease cost

Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Location

Operating expenses

Operating expenses

Operating expenses

Operating expenses

Net sales
Restructuring, acquisition and 
integration related expenses(2)

Operating expenses

Interest expense, net

2022

2021

2020

$ 

241  $ 

229  $ 

19 

73 

(8)   

(17)   

(2)   

306 

10 

11 

21 

29 

64 

(8)   

(20)   

(3)   

291 

13 

19 

32 

$ 

327  $ 

323  $ 

223 

31 

151 

(3) 

(23) 

(5) 
374 

16 

12 

28 

402 

(1) Rent  expense  as  presented  here  includes  $0  million,  $2  million  and  $6  million  in  fiscal  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  of 
operating  lease  rent  expense  related  to  stores  within  discontinued  operations,  but  for  which  GAAP  requires  the  expense  to  be 
included within continuing operations, as the Company expects to remain primarily obligated under these leases. Rent expense as 
presented here also includes immaterial amounts of variable lease expense of discontinued operations.

(2)

Includes $29 million, $31 million and $36 million of lease expense in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $(31) million, 
$(33) million, and $(41) million of lease income in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, that is recorded within Restructuring, 
acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses  for  assigned  leases  related  to  previously  sold  locations  and  surplus,  non-operating 
properties for which the Company is restructuring its obligations.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

During fiscal 2022, the Company acquired the real property of a previously leased distribution center, which was classified as a 
finance  lease,  for  approximately  $153  million.  Immediately  following  this  acquisition,  the  Company  monetized  this  property 
through a sale-leaseback transaction, pursuant to which the Company received $225 million in aggregate proceeds for the sale 
of the property, which reflected the fair value of the property. Under the terms of the sale-leaseback agreement, the Company 
entered into a lease for the distribution center for a term of 15 years, which was classified as an operating lease. The Company 
recorded  a  pre-tax  gain  on  sale  of  approximately  $87  million  in  fiscal  2022  as  a  result  of  the  transactions,  which  primarily 
represented the pre-tax net proceeds. 

The Company leases certain property to third parties and receives lease and subtenant rental payments under operating leases, 
including  assigned  leases  for  which  the  Company  has  future  minimum  lease  payment  obligations.  Future  minimum  lease 
payments  (“Lease  Liabilities”)  include  payments  to  be  made  by  the  Company  or  certain  third  parties  in  the  case  of  assigned 
noncancellable  operating  leases  and  finance  leases.  Future  minimum  lease  and  subtenant  rentals  (“Lease  Receipts”)  include 
expected cash receipts from operating subleases, and in the case of assigned noncancellable leases receipts for stores sold to 
third parties, which they operate. As of July 30, 2022, these Lease Liabilities and Lease Receipts consisted of the following (in 
millions):

Fiscal Year
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total undiscounted lease liabilities 

and receipts
Less interest(3)
Present value of lease liabilities
Less current lease liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities

Lease Liabilities

Lease Receipts

Operating 
Leases(1)

Finance 
Leases (2)

Operating 
Leases

Finance 
Leases

Net Lease Obligations
Finance 
Leases

Operating 
Leases

(46)  $ 
(39)   
(27)   
(18)   
(11)   
(28)   

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

204  $ 
203 
168 
142 
110 
968 

(169)  $ 

—  $ 

1,795  $ 

16 
12 
8 
4 
1 
— 

41 

$ 

$ 

$ 

250  $ 
242 
195 
160 
121 
996 

1,964  $ 
(741)   
1,223 
(156)   
1,067  $ 

16  $ 
12 
8 
4 
1 
— 

41  $ 
(5) 
36 
(13) 
23 

(1) Operating lease payments include $2 million related to extension options that are reasonably certain of being exercised and exclude 

$254 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced.

(2) There were no finance leases for which the extension options are reasonably certain of being exercised and excluded from legally 

binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced.

(3) Calculated using the interest rate for each lease.

The following tables provide other information required by ASC 842:

Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

Operating leases

Finance leases

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases

Finance leases

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

10.4 years

3.3 years

10.7 years

2.0 years

 9.0 %

 9.3 %

 9.7 %

 8.7 %

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Other Information

(in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease 

liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from finance leases

Financing cash flows from finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease 

liabilities

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease 

liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

NOTE 12—SHARE-BASED AWARDS 

2022

2021

2020

224  $ 

7  $ 

160  $ 

1  $ 

292  $ 

220  $ 

12  $ 

9  $ 

—  $ 

263  $ 

231 

9 

20 

93 

195 

As of July 30, 2022, the Company has restricted stock awards and performance share units and stock options outstanding under 
three equity incentive plans: the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2004 Plan”); the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as 
amended  and  restated  (the  “2012  Plan”);  and  the  Amended  and  Restated  2020  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2020  Equity 
Incentive  Plan”).  The  terms  of  each  stock-based  award  will  be  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  the  Compensation 
Committee thereof. As of July 30, 2022, the Company has 2.9 million shares authorized and available for grant under the 2020 
Equity Incentive Plan. The authorization for new grants under the 2004 Plan and 2012 Plan has expired.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The following table presents information regarding share-based compensation expenses and the related tax impacts:

(in millions)
Restricted stock awards
Supervalu replacement awards(1)
Performance-based share awards
Share-based compensation expense recorded in Operating expenses

Income tax benefit

Share-based compensation expense, net of tax

Share-based compensation expense recorded in Restructuring, acquisition 

and integration related expenses(2)
Income tax benefit

Share-based compensation expense recorded in Restructuring, acquisition 

and integration related expenses, net of tax

(1) Amounts are derived primarily from liability classified awards.

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

36  $ 
— 
7 
43 
(12)   
31  $ 

1  $ 
— 

1  $ 

36  $ 
5 
8 
49 
(13)   
36  $ 

1  $ 
— 

1  $ 

23 
9 
2 
34 
(9) 
25 

1 
— 

1 

(2)

Includes equity classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2022, equity classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2021, and liability 
classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2020.

Vesting  requirements  for  awards  are  generally  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  or  the  Compensation 
Committee thereof. Time-based vesting awards for employees typically vest in three or four equal installments. The Board of 
Directors has adopted a policy in connection with the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan that sets forth grant, vesting and settlement 
dates  for  equity  awards,  a  one-year  vesting  period  for  awards  issued  to  non-employee  directors,  and  a  three-year  equal 
installment  vesting  period  for  designated  employee  restricted  stock  awards.  Performance  awards  have  a  three-year  cliff  vest, 
subject  to  achievement  of  the  performance  objective.  As  of  July  30,  2022,  there  was  $47  million  of  total  unrecognized 
compensation  cost  related  to  outstanding  share-based  compensation  arrangements  (including  restricted  stock  units  and 
performance-based restricted stock units). This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. 
Unrecognized compensation cost related to Supervalu Replacement Options (defined below) is de minimis.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

The fair value of restricted stock units and performance share units are determined based on the number of units granted and the 
quoted  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  as  of  the  grant  date.  The  following  summary  presents  information  regarding 
restricted stock units, Supervalu Replacement Awards and performance stock units:

Outstanding at August 3, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled

Outstanding at August 1, 2020

Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled

Outstanding at July 31, 2021

Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled

Outstanding at July 30, 2022

Number
of Shares
(in millions)

Weighted 
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

4.4  $ 
6.0 
(1.0)   
(2.0)   
7.4 
2.4 
(2.6)   
(0.4)   
6.8 
1.2 
(2.8)   
(0.3)   
4.9  $ 

31.11 
7.67 
20.59 
12.39 
18.54 
17.55 
19.94 
24.11 
17.33 
45.46 
42.06 
37.68 
20.02 

(in millions)
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested

2022

2021

2020

$ 

125  $ 

51  $ 

21 

Performance-Based Share Awards

During fiscal 2022, the Company granted 0.3 million performance share units to its executives and other senior leaders (subject 
to the issuance of up to 0.3 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a 
weighted average grant-date fair value of $49.31. These performance units are tied to fiscal 2022, 2023 and 2024 performance 
metrics,  including  adjusted  EPS  growth  and  adjusted  return  on  invested  capital  (“ROIC”).  An  insignificant  amount  of 
performance share units granted in fiscal 2022 were forfeited during the current year. 

During fiscal 2021, the Company granted 0.5 million performance share units to its executives  and other senior leaders (subject 
to the issuance of up to 0.3 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a 
weighted average grant-date fair value of $18.19. These performance units are tied to fiscal 2021, 2022 and 2023 performance 
metrics, including adjusted EPS growth, ROIC and adjusted EBITDA leverage. An insignificant amount of performance share 
units granted in fiscal 2021 were forfeited during the current year. 

During fiscal 2020, the Company granted 1.0 million performance share units to its executives and other senior leaders (subject 
to the issuance of up to 1.0 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a 
weighted average grant-date fair value of $8.07. These performance units were tied to fiscal 2020, 2021 and 2022 performance 
metrics,  including  adjusted  EBITDA,  adjusted  EBITDA  leverage  and  ROIC.  An  insignificant  amount  of  performance  share 
units granted in fiscal 2020 were forfeited during the current year. Based on performance through the performance period ended 
July 30, 2022, 1.0 million performance share units have been earned and will be issued in fiscal 2023.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Stock Options

The  Company  did  not  grant  options  in  fiscal  2022,  2021  or  2020.  The  following  summary  presents  information  regarding 
outstanding stock options as of July 30, 2022 and changes during the fiscal year then ended:

Outstanding at beginning of year

Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year

Number
of Options
(in millions)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

0.8  $ 
(0.2)   
(0.1)   
0.5 
0.5  $ 

49.02 
38.78 
44.13 
— 
54.11 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
2.2 years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

1.6 years $ 
1.6 years $ 

— 
— 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $2 million, $1 million and $0 million, 
respectively.

Supervalu Replacement Awards

Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 25, 2018, by and among Supervalu, SUPERVALU Enterprises, Inc., 
the company and Jedi Merger Sub, Inc., dated as of July 25, 2018, as amended on October 10, 2018 (the “Merger Agreement”), 
each outstanding Supervalu stock option, whether vested or unvested, that was unexercised immediately prior to the effective 
time  of  the  merger  (“SVU  Option”)  was  converted,  effective  as  of  the  effective  time  of  the  merger,  into  a  stock  option 
exercisable for shares of common stock of the Company (“Supervalu Replacement Options”) in accordance with the adjustment 
provisions of the Supervalu stock. In addition, each outstanding Supervalu restricted share award, restricted stock unit award, 
deferred share unit award and performance share unit award (“SVU Equity Award”) was converted, effective as of the effective 
time  of  the  merger,  into  time-vesting  awards  (“Supervalu  Replacement  Award”)  with  a  settlement  value  equal  to  the  merger 
consideration of $32.50 per share multiplied by the number of shares of Supervalu common stock subject to such SVU Equity 
Award. The Merger Agreement originally provided that the Supervalu Replacement Awards were payable in cash, however, the 
Merger Agreement was amended on October 10, 2018, to provide that the Supervalu Replacement Awards could be settled in 
cash  and/or  an  equal  value  in  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company.  The  Supervalu  Replacement  Awards  were  liability 
classified awards as they were ultimately settled in cash or shares at the discretion of the employee. The Supervalu Replacement 
Awards liabilities were expensed over the service period based on the fixed value of $32.50 per share. As of the end of fiscal 
2022, there are no longer any outstanding Supervalu Replacement Awards.

On October 22, 2018, the Company authorized for issuance and registered on a Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  5.0  million  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  in  order  to  satisfy  the  Supervalu 
Replacement  Options  and  Supervalu  Replacement  Awards.  During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  issued  1.3  million  shares  of 
common stock at an average price of $10.66 per share for $14 million of cash.

NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS 

The  Company’s  employees  who  participate  are  covered  by  various  contributory  and  non-contributory  pension,  401(k)  plans, 
and  other  health  and  welfare  benefits.  The  Company’s  primary  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  the  SUPERVALU  INC. 
Retirement  Plan,  Unified  Grocers,  Inc.  Cash  Balance  Plan  and  certain  supplemental  executive  retirement  plans.  These  plans 
were closed to new participants and service crediting ended for all participants as of December 31, 2007. Pay increases were 
reflected in the amount of benefits accrued in these plans until December 31, 2012. Approximately 65% of the 10,900 union 
employees participate in multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under collective bargaining agreements. The remaining 
either participate in plans sponsored by the Company or are not currently eligible to participate in a retirement plan. In addition 
to sponsoring both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans, the Company provides healthcare and life insurance 
benefits  for  eligible  retired  employees  under  postretirement  benefit  plans.  The  Company  also  provides  certain  health  and 
welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits, to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement. The 
terms of the postretirement benefit plans vary based on employment history, age and date of retirement. For many retirees, the 
Company provides a fixed dollar contribution and retirees pay contributions to fund the remaining cost.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Defined Benefit Plan Merger 

In fiscal 2022, the Company merged the Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash Balance Plan into the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan. 
The  merger  did  not  impact  the  amount  of  plan  assets  and  accumulated  benefit  plan  obligations;  however,  as  a  result  of  the 
merger,  former  Unified  Grocers,  Inc.  Cash  Balance  Plan  participants  will  receive  all  benefits  from  the  SUPERVALU  INC. 
Retirement  Plan  going  forward.  As  such,  the  funded  status  of  the  remaining  plan  has  been  presented  within  a  single  asset 
balance within Other long-term assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 30, 2022.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

For  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans,  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  is  equal  to  the  projected  benefit  obligation.  The 
benefit  obligation,  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  funded  status  of  our  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  other  postretirement 
benefit plans consisted of the following:

(in millions)

Changes in Benefit Obligation

2022

2021

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Benefit Obligation at beginning of year

$ 

2,093  $ 

18  $ 

2,260  $ 

Actuarial gain

Benefits paid

Interest cost

Settlements paid

Plan amendment

Benefit obligation at end of year

Changes in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Benefits paid

Settlements paid

Employer contributions

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded (unfunded) status at end of year

(322) 

(103) 

38 

— 

— 

1,706 

2,118 

(300) 

(103) 

— 

1 

1,716 

(4) 

(1) 

— 

(1) 

— 

12 

— 

— 

(1) 

(1) 

2 

— 

(103) 

(101) 

37 

— 

— 

2,093 

1,991 

226 

(101) 

— 

2 

2,118 

$ 

10  $ 

(12)  $ 

25  $ 

37 

(9) 

(3) 

— 

(18) 

11 

18 

12 

— 

(3) 

(18) 

9 

— 

(18) 

The actuarial gain on projected pension benefit obligations in fiscal 2022 was primarily the result of a 158 basis points increase 
in the discount rate on the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan. The actuarial gain on projected pension benefit obligations in 
fiscal  2021  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  35  basis  points  increase  in  the  discount  rate  on  the  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement 
Plan, and updated mortality assumptions. 

The  funded  status  of  our  pension  benefits  contains  plans  with  individually  funded  and  underfunded  statuses.  Our  other 
postretirement  benefits  consist  of  one  plan  as  shown  above.  The  following  table  provides  the  funded  status  of  individual 
projected pension benefit plan obligations and the fair value of plan assets for these plans:

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

(in millions)

July 30, 2022:

SUPERVALU INC. 
Retirement Plan

Other Pension Plan

Total Pension 
Benefits 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Benefit obligation at end of year

Funded (unfunded) status at end of year

$ 

$ 

1,716  $ 

(1,698)   

18  $ 

—  $ 

(8)   

(8)  $ 

1,716 

(1,706) 

10 

July 31, 2021:

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Benefit obligation at end of year

Funded (unfunded) status at end of year

SUPERVALU INC. 
Retirement Plan

Unified Grocers, Inc. 
Cash Balance Plan 
and Other

Total Pension 
Benefits

$ 

$ 

1,860  $ 

(1,796)   

64  $ 

258  $ 

(297)   

(39)  $ 

2,118 

(2,093) 

25 

Net periodic benefit (income) cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized consist of the following:

(in millions)

Net Periodic Benefit (Income) Cost

2022

2021

2020

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Expected Return on plan assets

$ 

(82)  $ 

—  $ 

(104)  $ 

—  $ 

(105)  $ 

Interest cost

Amortization of prior service credit 

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)

Settlement (gain) charge

Net periodic benefit (income) cost
Other Changes in Plan Assets and 

Benefits Obligations Recognized in 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Net actuarial loss (gain)

Prior service (benefit) cost

Amortization of prior service benefit

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

Total (benefit) expense recognized in 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total (benefit) expense recognized in net 
periodic benefit cost (income) and 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

38 

— 

1 

— 

(43) 

59 

— 

— 

— 

59 

— 

3 

— 

— 

3 

(3) 

— 

(3) 

— 

(6) 

37 

— 

1 

— 

(66) 

(225) 

— 

— 

(1) 

(226) 

— 

(1) 

(1) 

(17) 

(19) 

(8) 

25 

3 

1 

21 

57 

— 

— 

11 

(37)   

109 

— 

— 

— 

109 

$ 

16  $ 

(3)  $ 

(292)  $ 

2  $ 

72  $ 

— 

1 

(1) 

(2) 

— 

(2) 

— 

— 

1 

2 

3 

1 

In fiscal 2020, the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement plan made aggregate lump sum settlement payments, which resulted in non-
cash pension settlement charges from the acceleration of a portion of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial loss, which was 
based on the fair value of SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan assets and remeasured liabilities. As a result of the settlement 
payments reported in the second quarter of fiscal 2020, SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan obligations were remeasured using 
a discount rate of 3.1% and the MP-2019 mortality improvement scale. This remeasurement resulted in a $2 million decrease to 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021 consist of the following:

(in millions)
Other long-term assets
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Accrued compensation and benefits
Total

$ 

$ 

Benefit Plan Assumptions

July 30, 2022

July 31, 2021

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

18  $ 
(6)   
(2)   
10  $ 

—  $ 
(12)   
— 
(12)  $ 

64  $ 
(38)   
(1)   
25  $ 

— 
(15) 
(3) 
(18) 

Weighted  average  assumptions  used  to  determine  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  benefit  (income)  cost  consisted  of  the 
following:

Benefit obligation assumptions:

Discount rate

Net periodic benefit (income) cost assumptions:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets(1)
Interest credit 

2022

2021

2020

4.20% - 4.26%

2.62% - 2.75%

1.74% - 2.37%

2.62% - 2.75%

1.17% - 2.27%

2.99% - 3.49%

— 

— 

— 

4.25% - 4.50%
 5.00 %

1.00% - 5.50%
 5.00 %

2.00% - 5.75%
 5.00 %

(1)  Expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  estimated  by  utilizing  forward-looking,  long-term  return,  risk  and  correlation  assumptions 
developed  and  updated  annually  by  the  Company.  These  assumptions  are  weighted  by  the  actual  or  target  allocation  to  each 
underlying asset class represented in the pension plan master trust. The Company also assesses the expected long-term return on 
plan  assets  assumption  by  comparison  to  long-term  historical  performance  on  an  asset  class  basis  to  ensure  the  assumption  is 
reasonable. Long-term trends are also evaluated relative to market factors such as inflation, interest rates, and fiscal and monetary 
policies in order to assess the capital market assumptions.

The  Company  reviews  and  selects  the  discount  rate  to  be  used  in  connection  with  measuring  its  pension  and  other 
postretirement benefit obligations annually. In determining the discount rate, the Company uses the yield on corporate bonds 
(rated AA or better) that coincides with the cash flows of the plans’ estimated benefit payouts. The model uses a yield curve 
approach  to  discount  each  cash  flow  of  the  liability  stream  at  an  interest  rate  specifically  applicable  to  the  timing  of  each 
respective  cash  flow.  The  model  totals  the  present  values  of  all  cash  flows  and  calculates  the  equivalent  weighted  average 
discount rate by imputing the singular interest rate that equates the total present value with the stream of future cash flows. This 
resulting weighted average discount rate is then used in evaluating the final discount rate to be used.

For those retirees whose health plans provide for variable employer contributions, the assumed healthcare cost trend rate used 
in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation  before  age  65  was  7.50%  as  of  July  30,  2022.  The  assumed 
healthcare  cost  trend  rate  for  retirees  before  age  65  will  decrease  each  year  through  fiscal  2030,  until  it  reaches  the  ultimate 
trend rate of 4.50%. For those retirees whose health plans provide for variable employer contributions, the assumed healthcare 
cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation after age 65 was 6.50 % as of July 30, 2022.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Pension Plan Assets

Pension plan assets are held in a master trust and invested in separately managed accounts and other commingled investment 
vehicles holding fixed income securities, domestic equity securities, private equity securities, international equity securities and 
real estate securities. The Company employs a liability hedging approach, targeting a level of risk commensurate with keeping 
pace  with  the  growth  of  plan  liabilities.  Risk  is  managed  through  diversification  across  asset  classes,  multiple  investment 
manager portfolios and both general and portfolio-specific investment guidelines. Risk tolerance is established through careful 
consideration of the plan liabilities, plan funded status and the Company’s financial condition. This asset allocation policy mix 
is reviewed annually and actual versus target allocations are monitored regularly and rebalanced on an as-needed basis. Plan 
assets are invested using a combination of active and passive investment strategies. Passive, or “indexed” strategies, attempt to 
mimic rather than exceed the investment performance of a market benchmark. The plan’s active investment strategies employ 
multiple investment management firms. Managers within each asset class cover a range of investment styles and approaches 
and are combined in a way that controls for capitalization, and style biases (equities) and interest rate exposures (fixed income) 
versus benchmark indices. Monitoring activities to evaluate performance against targets and measure investment risk take place 
on  an  ongoing  basis  through  annual  liability  measurements,  periodic  asset/liability  studies  and  quarterly  investment  portfolio 
reviews.

The asset allocation targets and the actual allocation of pension plan assets are as follows:

Asset Category
Fixed income
Domestic equity
Private equity
International equity
Real estate
    Total

Target

2022

2021

 85.0 %
 4.8 %
 5.5 %
 2.7 %
 2.0 %
 100.0 %

 85.0 %
 5.4 %
 5.3 %
 2.3 %
 2.0 %
 100.0 %

 82.8 %
 7.7 %
 5.4 %
 1.0 %
 3.1 %
 100.0 %

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for investments measured at fair value:

Common stock - Valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual securities are traded.

Common  collective  trusts  -  Investments  in  common/collective  trust  funds  are  stated  at  net  asset  value  (“NAV”)  as 
determined by the issuer of the common/collective trust funds and is based on the fair value of the underlying investments 
held by the fund less its liabilities. The majority of the common/collective trust funds have a readily determinable fair value 
and are classified as Level 2. Other investments in common/collective trust funds determine NAV on a less frequent basis 
and/or have redemption restrictions. For these investments, NAV is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value.

Corporate  bonds  -  Valued  based  on  yields  currently  available  on  comparable  securities  of  issuers  with  similar  credit 
ratings.  When  quoted  prices  are  not  available  for  identical  or  similar  bonds,  the  fair  value  is  based  upon  an  industry 
valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.

Government securities - Certain government securities are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which 
the security is traded. Other government securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities 
of issuers with similar credit ratings.

Mortgage backed securities - Valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar 
credit  ratings.  When  quoted  prices  are  not  available  for  identical  or  similar  securities,  the  fair  value  is  based  upon  an 
industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.

Mutual funds - Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual securities 
are traded.

Private equity and real estate partnerships - Valued based on NAV provided by the investment manager, updated for any 
subsequent partnership interests’ cash flows or expected changes in fair value. The NAV is used as a practical expedient to 
estimate fair value.

Other - Consists primarily of options, futures, and money market investments priced at $1 per unit.

88

 Table of Contents

The valuation methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value 
or  reflective  of  future  fair  values.  Furthermore,  while  the  Company  believes  our  valuation  methods  are  appropriate  and 
consistent  with  other  market  participants,  the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions  to  determine  the  fair  value  of 
certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.

The  fair  value  of  assets  held  in  the  master  trust  for  defined  benefit  pension  plans  as  of  July  30,  2022,  by  asset  category, 
consisted of the following (in millions):

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Common stock
Common collective trusts
Corporate bonds
Government securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Other
Private equity and real estate partnerships
Total plan assets at fair value

$ 

$ 

42  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
12 
— 
54  $ 

—  $ 
949 
390 
175 
28 
2 
— 
1,544  $ 

Measured at 
NAV as a 
Practical 
Expedient

Total

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

—  $ 
3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
115 
118  $ 

42 
952 
390 
175 
28 
14 
115 
1,716 

The  fair  value  of  assets  held  in  the  master  trust  for  defined  benefit  pension  plans  as  of  July  31,  2021,  by  asset  category, 
consisted of the following (in millions):

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Common stock
Common collective trusts
Corporate bonds
Government securities
Mutual funds
Mortgage-backed securities
Other
Private equity and real estate partnerships
Total plan assets at fair value

$ 

$ 

103  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
11 
— 
114  $ 

—  $ 

1,044 
432 
218 
58 
2 
10 
— 
1,764  $ 

Contributions

Measured at 
NAV as a 
Practical 
Expedient

Total

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

—  $ 
61 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
179 
240  $ 

103 
1,105 
432 
218 
58 
2 
21 
179 
2,118 

No  minimum  pension  contributions  were  required  to  be  made  under  either  the  SUPERVALU  INC.  Retirement  Plan  or  the 
Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash Balance Plan under ERISA in fiscal 2022. The Company expects to contribute approximately $1 
million to its other defined benefit pension plans and $1 million to its postretirement benefit plans in fiscal 2023.

The Company funds its defined benefit pension plans based on the minimum contribution required under the Internal Revenue 
Code, ERISA the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and other applicable laws, as determined by our external actuarial consultant, 
and  additional  contributions  made  at  its  discretion.  The  Company  may  accelerate  contributions  or  undertake  contributions  in 
excess of the minimum requirements from time to time subject to the availability of cash in excess of operating and financing 
needs or other factors as may be applicable. The Company assesses the relative attractiveness of the use of cash including such 
factors  as  expected  return  on  assets,  discount  rates,  cost  of  debt,  reducing  or  eliminating  required  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty 
Corporation variable rate premiums or the ability to achieve exemption from participant notices of underfunding.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The  estimated  future  benefit  payments  to  be  made  from  our  defined  benefit  pension  and  other  postretirement  benefit  plans, 
which reflect expected future service, are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Years 2028-2032

Defined Contribution Plan

Other 
Postretirement 
Benefits

Pension Benefits
$ 

122  $ 
115 
119 
117 
116 
569 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution and profit sharing plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
Employees  may  contribute  a  portion  of  their  eligible  compensation  to  the  plan  on  a  pre-tax  or  after-tax  Roth  basis.  The 
Company matches a portion of certain employee contributions by contributing cash into the investment options selected by the 
employees. The total amount contributed by the Company to the plan is determined by plan provisions or at the Company’s 
discretion. Total employer contribution expenses for this plan were $29 million, $27 million and $21 million for fiscal 2022, 
2021 and 2020, respectively.

Post-Employment Benefits

The Company recognizes an obligation for benefits provided to former or inactive employees. The Company is self-insured for 
certain disability plan programs, which comprise the primary benefits paid to inactive employees prior to retirement.

As of July 30, 2022 there was $4 million of Accrued compensation and benefits and $5 million of Other long-term liabilities 
recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of July 31, 2021 there was $2 million of Accrued compensation and benefits 
and $5 million of Other long-term liabilities.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The  Company  contributes  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  under  collective  bargaining  agreements,  primarily  defined 
benefit pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to 
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible 
for  determining  the  level  of  benefits  to  be  provided  to  participants  as  well  as  the  investment  of  the  assets  and  plan 
administration. Trustees are appointed in equal number by employers and the unions that are parties to the relevant collective 
bargaining agreements.

Expense  is  recognized  in  connection  with  these  plans  as  contributions  are  funded,  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  The  risks  of 
participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following 
respects:

•

•

•

Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer are held in trust and may be used to provide benefits to 
employees of other participating employers.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the 
remaining participating employers.
If the Company chose to stop participating in some multiemployer plans, or make market exits or closures or otherwise 
have participation in the plan drop below certain levels, it may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the 
underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the 
Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent 
Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in 2021 relates to the plans’ most recent fiscal year-end. The zone status 
is based on information that we received from the plan and is annually certified by each plan’s actuary. Among other factors, 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

red zone status plans are generally less than 65% funded and are considered in critical status, plans in yellow zone status are 
less than 80% funded and are considered in endangered or seriously endangered status, and green zone plans are at least 80% 
funded. The Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (“MPRA”) created a new zone status called “critical and declining” or 
“Deep Red”. Plans are generally considered Deep Red if they are projected to become insolvent within 15 years. The FIP/RP 
Status  Pending/Implemented  column  indicates  plans  for  which  a  funding  improvement  plan  (“FIP”)  or  a  rehabilitation  plan 
(“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of each plan.

Certain  plans  have  been  aggregated  in  the  All  Other  Multiemployer  Pension  Plans  line  in  the  following  table,  as  the 
contributions to each of these plans are not individually material. None of our collective bargaining agreements require that a 
minimum contribution be made to these plans.

At  the  date  the  financial  statements  were  issued,  Form  5500  for  these  plans  were  generally  not  available  for  the  plan  years 
ending in 2021.

The following table contains information about the Company’s significant multiemployer plans (in millions):

EIN-Pension
Plan 
Number
416047047-
001
410905139-
001

832598425-
001
366044243-
001
526117495-
001
916145047-
001
396069053-
001

Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing 
Industry Pension Plan
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters 
and Food Handlers Pension Fund
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters 
and Food Handlers Variable 
Annuity Pension Plan
Central States, Southeast & 
Southwest Areas Pension Plan
UFCW Unions and Participating 
Employers Pension Plan
Western Conference of Teamsters 
Pension Plan 
UFCW Unions and Employers 
Pension Plan(2)
All Other Multiemployer Pension 
Plans(3)
Total

Pension 
Protection 
Act Zone 
Status

Contributions

Plan
Month/Day
End Date

FIP/RP Status 
Pending/
Implemented

2021

2022

2021

2020

Surcharges 
Imposed(1)

12/31

Green

No

$  11  $  12  $  11 

2/28

Red

Implemented

10 

10 

12/31

NA

NA

12/31

Deep Red

Implemented

12/31

Deep Red

Implemented

12/31

Green

NA

NA

No

NA

4 

5 

3 

10 

  — 

4 

6 

3 

10 

1 

9 

3 

6 

7 

13 

1 

No

No

NA

No

No

No

NA

2 

2 
$  45  $  48  $  52 

2 

(1) PPA  surcharges  are  5%  or  10%  of  eligible  contributions  and  may  not  apply  to  all  collective  bargaining  agreements  or  total 

contributions to each plan.

(2)  The Company withdrew from this plan in fiscal 2021 and made no contributions in fiscal 2022. The plan was included in the table 

above for contributions made in prior presented periods.

(3)  All Other Multiemployer Pension Plans includes 6 plans, none of which are individually significant when considering contributions 

to the plan, severity of the underfunded status or other factors. 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The following table describes the expiration of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements associated with the significant 
multiemployer plans in which we participate:

Pension Fund

Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry 
Pension Plan

Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters and Food 
Handlers Pension Fund

Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters and Food 
Handlers Variable Annuity Pension Fund

Central States, Southeast and Southwest 
Areas Pension Fund

UFCW Unions and Participating 
Employers Pension Fund

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension 
Plan Trust

Most Significant Collective 
Bargaining Agreement

Range of Collective 
Bargaining Agreement 
Expiration Dates

Total Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreements

Expiration 
Date

% of Associates 
under Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreement (1)

Over 5% 
Contributions 2021

5/31/2026

3/4/2023

3/4/2023

6/03/2024 - 
5/31/2025

11/8/2020(2)
4/22/2023 - 
9/20/2026

1 

1 

1 

4 

2 

5/31/2026

 100.0 %

3/4/2023

 100.0 %

3/4/2023

 100.0 %

8/3/2024

11/8/2020(2)

13 

9/20/2026

 37.6 %

 70.5 %

 43.2 %

☒

☒

☒

☐

☒

☐

(1) Company participating employees in the most significant collective bargaining agreement as a percent of all Company employees 

represented under the applicable collective bargaining agreements.

(2)  These collective bargaining agreements have been extended.

In fiscal 2021, the Company withdrew from participating in three Retail multiemployer pension plans, resulting in a $63 million 
withdrawal  charge,  which  is  recorded  within  Operating  expenses  within  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations,  Other 
long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and within changes in operating assets and liabilities within Accrued 
expenses and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In fiscal 2022, the Company updated its estimated 
withdrawal liability, which resulted in an $8 million benefit recorded within Operating expenses. In fiscal 2020, in connection 
with  the  Company’s  consolidation  of  distribution  centers  in  the  Pacific  Northwest,  the  Company  recorded  an  $11  million 
multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability. 

As  of  July  30,  2022,  accrued  multiemployer  pension  plan  withdrawal  liabilities  included  in  Other  long-term  liabilities  and 
Accrued compensation and benefits were $94 million and $7 million, respectively, for 13 multiemployer plans. As of July 31, 
2021 amounts included in Other long-term liabilities and Accrued compensation and benefits were $110 million and $7 million, 
respectively. Payments associated with these liabilities are required to be made over varying time periods, but principally over 
the next 20 years.

Multiemployer Benefit Plans Other than Pensions

The Company also makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective 
bargaining agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision and other ancillary benefits to active employees 
and  retirees  as  determined  by  the  trustees  of  each  plan.  The  vast  majority  of  the  Company’s  contributions  benefit  active 
employees and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to 
separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from contribution amounts paid to benefit active employees.

The Company contributed $81 million, $78 million and $89 million in fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively, to 
multiemployer  health  and  welfare  plans.  If  healthcare  provisions  within  these  plans  cannot  be  renegotiated  in  a  manner  that 
reduces the prospective healthcare cost as we intend, our Operating expenses could increase in the future.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of July 30, 2022, we had approximately 30,300 employees. Approximately 10,900 employees are covered by 48 collective 
bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2022, 8 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 2,100 employees were 
renegotiated and 4 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 1,500 employees expired without their terms being 
renegotiated.  Negotiations  are  expected  to  continue  with  the  bargaining  units  representing  the  employees  subject  to  those 
agreements. During fiscal 2023, 3 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 3,300 employees are scheduled to 
expire.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

NOTE 14—INCOME TAXES

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income  before  income  taxes  for  fiscal  2022  consists  of  $302  million  from  U.S.  continuing  operations  and  $8  million  from 
foreign  continuing  operations.  Income  before  income  taxes  for  fiscal  2021  consists  of  $175  million  from  U.S.  continuing 
operations  and  $8  million  from  foreign  continuing  operations.  Loss  before  income  taxes  for  fiscal  2020  consists  of  ($338) 
million from U.S. continuing operations and ($4) million from foreign continuing operations.

The total provision (benefit) for income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

56  $ 
— 
56  $ 

34  $ 
(1)   
33  $ 

(91) 
(5) 
(96) 

The income tax expense (benefit) in continuing operations was allocated as follows:

(in millions)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Other comprehensive income
Total

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

56  $ 
11 
67  $ 

34  $ 
65 
99  $ 

(91) 
(45) 
(136) 

Total federal, state, and foreign income tax (benefit) expense in continuing operations consists of the following:

(in millions)
Fiscal 2022
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign

Fiscal 2021
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign

Fiscal 2020
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign

Current

Deferred

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(7)  $ 
6 
2 
1  $ 

30  $ 
7 
2 
39  $ 

(23)  $ 
1 
2 
(20)  $ 

45  $ 
9 
1 
55  $ 

(8)  $ 
2 
1 
(5)  $ 

(45)  $ 
(24)   
(2)   
(71)  $ 

38 
15 
3 
56 

22 
9 
3 
34 

(68) 
(23) 
— 
(91) 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Total income tax expense (benefit) in continuing operations was different than the amounts computed by applying the statutory 
federal income tax rate to income before income taxes because of the following:

(in millions)
Computed “expected” tax expense
State and local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit
Non-deductible expenses
Tax effect of share-based compensation
General business credits
Unrecognized tax benefits
Nondeductible goodwill impairment
Enhanced Inventory Donations
Impacts related to the CARES Act
Other, net
Total income tax expense (benefit)

Uncertain Tax Positions

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

66  $ 
18 
13 
(31)   
(3)   
(6)   
— 
(2)   
— 
1 
56  $ 

39  $ 
10 
7 
(3)   
(6)   
(4)   
— 
(3)   
— 
(6)   
34  $ 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period

Unrecognized tax benefits added during the period
Unrecognized tax benefits assumed in a business combination
Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to statute expiration
Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period

2022

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

27  $ 
— 
— 
(7)   
(1)   
19  $ 

32  $ 
6 
— 
(8)   
(3)   
27  $ 

(72) 
(19) 
3 
2 
(2) 
(8) 
44 
(2) 
(39) 
2 
(91) 

40 
6 
— 
(2) 
(12) 
32 

In  addition,  the  Company  has  $8  million  paid  on  deposit  to  various  governmental  agencies  to  cover  the  above  liability.  The 
Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For fiscal 2022, 2021 
and 2020, total accrued interest and penalties was $6 million, $6 million, and $7 million, respectively.

The Company is currently under examination in several taxing jurisdictions and remains subject to examination until the statute 
of limitations expires for the respective taxing jurisdiction or an agreement is reached between the taxing jurisdiction and the 
Company. As of July 30, 2022, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before 
2015  and  in  most  states  is  no  longer  subject  to  state  income  tax  examinations  for  fiscal  years  before  2009  and  2016  for 
Supervalu and the Company, respectively. Due to the implementation of the CARES Act, NOLs were carried back into fiscal 
years 2014 and 2015, which extends the federal statute of limitations on those years up to the amount of the carryback claim. 

Based on the possibility of the closing of pending audits and appeals, or expiration of the statute of limitations, it is reasonably 
possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $6 million during the next 12 months.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  significant  portions  of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax 
liabilities at July 30, 2022 and July 31, 2021 are presented below:

(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Compensation and benefits related
Accounts receivable, principally due to allowances for uncollectible accounts
Accrued expenses
Net operating loss carryforwards
Other tax carryforwards (interest, charitable contributions)
Foreign tax credits

Intangible assets

Lease liabilities

Interest rate swap agreements
Other deferred tax assets
Total gross deferred tax assets
Less valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Inventories
Lease right of use assets
Interest rate swap agreements
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets 

Tax Credits and Valuation Allowances

July 30,
2022

July 31,
2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

50  $ 
4 
37 
14 
15 
1 

50 

319 

— 
— 
490 

(5)   
485  $ 

159  $ 
29 
304 
1 
493 

(8)  $ 

54 
6 
37 
16 
8 
1 

61 

336 

25 
6 
550 
(8) 
542 

125 
39 
321 
— 
485 
57 

At July 30, 2022, the Company had gross deferred tax assets of approximately $490 million. The Company regularly reviews its 
deferred  tax  assets  for  recoverability  to  evaluate  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  they  will  be  realized.  In  making  this 
evaluation, the Company considers the statutory recovery periods for the assets, along with available sources of future taxable 
income, including reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, history of taxable income, and 
projections of future income. The Company gives more significance to objectively verifiable evidence, such as the existence of 
deferred  tax  liabilities  that  are  forecast  to  generate  taxable  income  within  the  relevant  carryover  periods,  and  a  history  of 
earnings.  A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when  the  Company  concludes,  based  on  all  available  evidence,  that  it  is  more 
likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized  during  the  applicable  recovery  period.  The  Company  has 
reviewed these factors in evaluating the recoverability of its deferred tax assets. As of July 30, 2022, the Company anticipates 
sufficient future taxable income to realize all of its deferred tax assets within the applicable recovery periods with the exception 
of  certain  foreign  tax  credits  and  state  net  operating  losses.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  established  valuation  allowances 
against that portion of its state net operating losses and foreign tax credits that, in the Company’ s judgment, are not likely to be 
realized within the applicable recovery periods.

At  July  30,  2022,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $1  million  for  federal  income  tax 
purposes that are subject to an annual limitation of approximately $0.3 million under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. These 
Section  382-limited  carryforwards  expire  at  various  times  through  fiscal  year  2027.  As  of  July  30,  2022,  the  Company 
anticipates sufficient future taxable income over the periods in which the net operating losses can be utilized. The Company 
also has the availability of future reversals of taxable temporary differences that are expected to generate taxable income in the 
future. Therefore, the ultimate realization of net operating losses for federal purposes appears more likely than not at July 30, 
2022 and correspondingly no valuation allowance has been established.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

At  July  30,  2022,  the  Company  had  disallowed  charitable  contribution  carryforwards  of  approximately  $34  million  that  are 
available  for  carryforward  over  five  years.  As  of  July  30,  2022,  the  Company  anticipates  sufficient  future  taxable  income  to 
fully utilize the charitable contribution carryovers within the applicable five-year carryforward period and correspondingly, no 
valuation allowance has been established.

The retained earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiary were subject to deemed U.S. repatriation and taxation during fiscal 
2017 pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and existing foreign tax credits were utilized to offset the resulting liability. We 
have  established  a  deferred  tax  asset  for  the  remaining  U.S.  foreign  tax  credits  of  $1  million.  Such  credits  are  offset  by  a 
valuation allowance. 

Effective Tax Rate

Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was an expense rate of 18.1% and 18.6% on pre-tax income for fiscal 
2022 and fiscal 2021, respectively, and a benefit rate of 26.6% on pre-tax losses for fiscal 2020. The fiscal 2020 effective tax 
rate was primarily driven by the impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2020, partially offset 
by  the  NOL  carryback  provisions  of  the  CARES  Act.  For  fiscal  2021,  the  effective  tax  rate  was  reduced  by  solar  and 
employment  tax  credits,  including  the  tax  credit  impact  of  a  fiscal  2021  investment  in  an  equity  method  partnership,  the 
recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  excess  tax  deductions  attributable  to  share-based  compensation  and 
inventory deductions, as well as the impact of favorable return-to-provision adjustments. For fiscal 2022, the effective tax rate 
was  reduced  by  the  impact  of  discrete  tax  benefits  related  to  employee  stock  awards  and  the  release  of  unrecognized  tax 
positions, partially offset by non-deductible executive compensation.

NOTE 15—EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted number of shares used in computing earnings per share:

(in millions, except per share data)
Basic weighted average shares outstanding

Net effect of dilutive stock awards based upon the treasury stock method

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Basic earnings (loss)  per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Diluted earnings (loss) per share

2022

2021

2020

58.0 
3.0 
61.0 

56.1 
3.9 
60.0 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

4.28  $ 
—  $ 
4.28  $ 

4.07  $ 
—  $ 
4.07  $ 

2.55  $ 
0.10  $ 
2.65  $ 

2.38  $ 
0.09  $ 
2.48  $ 

53.8 
— 
53.8 

(4.76) 
(0.34) 
(5.10) 

(4.76) 
(0.34) 
(5.10) 

Anti-dilutive share-based awards excluded from the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share

0.5 

0.9 

3.6 

NOTE 16—BUSINESS SEGMENTS 

The Company has two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail. These reportable segments are two distinct businesses, each 
with  a  different  customer  base,  marketing  strategy  and  management  structure.  The  Company  organizes  and  operates  the 
Wholesale  reportable  segment  through  four  U.S  geographic  regions:  Atlantic;  South;  Central  and  Pacific,  and  Canada 
Wholesale,  which  is  operated  separately  from  the  U.S.  Wholesale  business.  The  U.S.  Wholesale  and  Canada  Wholesale 
operating segments have similar products and services, customer channels, distribution methods and economic characteristics. 
Reportable  segments  are  reviewed  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  circumstances  indicate  a  change  in 
reportable segments has occurred.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

The  Wholesale  reportable  segment  is  engaged  in  the  distribution  of  grocery  and  non-food  products,  and  support  services 
provider to retailers in the United States and Canada. The Retail reportable segment derives revenues from the sale of groceries 
and other products at retail locations operated by the Company. The Company has additional operating segments that do not 
meet the quantitative thresholds for reportable segments and are therefore aggregated under the caption of Other. Other includes 
a  single  location  food  manufacturing  business,  which  engages  in  the  importing,  roasting,  packaging  and  distributing  of  nuts, 
dried  fruit,  seeds,  trail  mixes,  granola,  natural  and  organic  snack  items  and  confections,  and  the  Company’s  natural  branded 
product lines, primarily Blue Marble Brands. Other also includes certain corporate operating expenses that are not allocated to 
operating  segments,  which  include,  among  other  expenses,  restructuring,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses,  share-
based compensation, and salaries, retainers, and other related expenses of certain officers and all directors. Wholesale records 
revenues related to sales to Retail at gross margin rates consistent with sales to other similar wholesale customers.

Segment  earnings  include  revenues  and  costs  attributable  to  each  of  the  respective  business  segments  and  certain  allocated 
corporate overhead, based on the segment’s estimated consumption of corporately managed resources. The Company’s measure 
of segment profit is Adjusted EBITDA, as disclosed below. The Company allocates certain corporate capital expenditures and 
identifiable assets to its business segments and retains certain depreciation expense related to those assets within Other. Non-
operating expenses that are not allocated to the operating segments are included in the Other segment.

In  fiscal  2022,  the  Company  changed  its  measure  of  segment  profit  to  exclude  the  non-cash  LIFO  charge  or  benefit  from 
Adjusted EBITDA. Prior period Adjusted EBITDA amounts and the reconciliation to Income (loss) from continuing operations 
before income taxes have been recast to reflect this change in the measure of segment profit.

The following table provides continuing operations net sales and Adjusted EBITDA by reportable segment and reconciles that 
information to Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

97

 Table of Contents

(in millions)

Net sales:

Wholesale(1)
Retail

Other

Eliminations

Total Net sales

Continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA:

Wholesale

Retail

Other

Eliminations

Adjustments:

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost

Interest expense, net

Other, net

Depreciation and amortization
Share-based compensation(2)
LIFO charge(3)
Restructuring, acquisition, and integration related expenses

Goodwill impairment charges

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal benefit (charges)

Note receivable charges

Legal settlement income

Other retail expense

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Depreciation and amortization:

Wholesale

Retail

Other

Total depreciation and amortization

Payments for capital expenditures:

Wholesale

Retail

Other

Total capital expenditures

2022

2021

2020

$ 

27,824 

$ 

25,873  $ 

2,468 

219 

(1,583) 

2,442 

219 

(1,584) 

28,928 

$ 

26,950  $ 

696 

$ 

677  $ 

98 

44 

(9) 

6 

40 

(155) 

2 

(285) 

(43) 

(158) 

(21) 

— 

87 

8 

— 

— 

— 

98 

(10) 

1 

6 

85 

(204) 

8 

(285) 

(49) 

(24) 

(56) 

— 

4 

(63) 

— 

— 

(5) 

25,525 

2,375 

228 

(1,569) 

26,559 

610 

89 

(16) 

(2) 

5 

39 

(192) 

4 

(282) 

(34) 

(18) 

(87) 

(425) 

(18) 

— 

(13) 

(1) 

(1) 

310 

$ 

183  $ 

(342) 

254 

$ 

252  $ 

29 

2 

29 

4 

285 

$ 

285  $ 

224 

$ 

285  $ 

27 

— 

25 

— 

251 

$ 

310  $ 

267 

4 

11 

282 

160 

12 

1 

173 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1) For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded $1,358 million, $1,381 million and $1,348 million, respectively, within Net 
sales  in  its  Wholesale  reportable  segment  attributable  to  Wholesale  sales  to  its  Retail  segment  that  have  been  eliminated  upon 
consolidation.

(2)

Includes an immaterial amount of liability-settled share compensation expense. 

(3) As  a  result  of  the  segment  profit  measurement  revision  discussed  above,  previously  reported  Adjusted  EBITDA  disclosures  by 
segment and the reconciliation to Income from continuing operations before income taxes has been recast to exclude the impact of 
the non-cash LIFO charge. 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Total assets of continuing operations by reportable segment were as follows:

(in millions)
Assets: 

Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations

Total assets

July 30,
2022

July 31,
2021

$ 

$ 

6,733  $ 
599 
335 
(39)   
7,628  $ 

6,536 
566 
462 
(43) 
7,521 

NOTE 17—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities

The Company has outstanding guarantees related to certain leases, fixture financing loans and other debt obligations of various 
retailers as of July 30, 2022. These guarantees were generally made to support the business growth of wholesale customers. The 
guarantees are generally for the entire terms of the leases, fixture financing loans or other debt obligations with remaining terms 
that range from less than one year to eight years, with a weighted average remaining term of approximately four years. For each 
guarantee issued, if the wholesale customer or other third-party defaults on a payment, the Company would be required to make 
payments under its guarantee. Generally, the guarantees are secured by indemnification agreements or personal guarantees. The 
Company reviews performance risk related to its guarantee obligations based on internal measures of credit performance. As of 
July 30, 2022, the maximum amount of undiscounted payments the Company would be required to make in the event of default 
of  all  guarantees  was  $22  million  ($19  million  on  a  discounted  basis).  Based  on  the  indemnification  agreements,  personal 
guarantees and results of the reviews of performance risk, as of July 30, 2022, a total estimated loss of $1 million is recorded in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company is a party to a variety of contractual agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for 
certain matters in the ordinary course of business, which indemnities may be secured by operation of law or otherwise. These 
agreements primarily relate to the Company’s commercial contracts, service agreements, contracts entered into for the purchase 
and sale of stock or assets, operating leases and other real estate contracts, financial agreements, agreements to provide services 
to  the  Company  and  agreements  to  indemnify  officers,  directors  and  employees  in  the  performance  of  their  work.  While  the 
Company’s aggregate indemnification obligations could result in a material liability, the Company is not aware of any matters 
that are expected to result in a material liability. No amount has been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these 
contingent obligations as the fair value has been determined to be de minimis.

In connection with Supervalu’s sale of New Albertson’s, Inc. (“NAI”) on March 21, 2013, the Company remains contingently 
liable  with  respect  to  certain  self-insurance  commitments  and  other  guarantees  as  a  result  of  parental  guarantees  issued  by 
Supervalu  with  respect  to  the  obligations  of  NAI  that  were  incurred  while  NAI  was  Supervalu’s  subsidiary.  Based  on  the 
expected  settlement  of  the  self-insurance  claims  that  underlie  the  Company’s  commitments,  the  Company  believes  that  such 
contingent liabilities will continue to decline. Subsequent to the sale of NAI, NAI collateralized most of these obligations with 
letters of credit and surety bonds to numerous state governmental authorities. Because NAI remains a primary obligor on these 
self-insurance  and  other  obligations  and  has  collateralized  most  of  the  self-insurance  obligations  for  which  the  Company 
remains contingently liable, the Company believes that the likelihood that it will be required to assume a material amount of 
these obligations is remote. Accordingly, no amount has been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these guarantees, 
as the fair value has been determined to be de minimis.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

Agreements with Save-A-Lot and Onex

The  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  pursuant  to  which  Supervalu  sold  the  Save-A-Lot  business  in  2016  (the  “SAL  Merger 
Agreement”)  contains  customary  indemnification  obligations  of  each  party  with  respect  to  breaches  of  their  respective 
representations,  warranties  and  covenants,  and  certain  other  specified  matters,  on  the  terms  and  subject  to  the  limitations  set 
forth in the SAL Merger Agreement. Similarly, Supervalu entered into a Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) 
with Moran Foods, LLC d/b/a Save-A-Lot (“Moran Foods”), which contains indemnification obligations and covenants related 
to the separation of the assets and liabilities of the Save-A-Lot business from the Company. The Company also entered into a 
Services Agreement with Moran Foods (the “Services Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company provided Save-A-Lot with 
various technical, human resources, finance and other operational services. The Company primarily ceased providing services 
under  the  Services  Agreement  in  fiscal  2022.  The  Services  Agreement  generally  requires  each  party  to  indemnify  the  other 
party  against  third-party  claims  arising  out  of  the  performance  of  or  the  provision  or  receipt  of  services  under  the  Services 
Agreement.  While  the  Company’s  aggregate  indemnification  obligations  to  Save-A-Lot  and  Onex,  the  purchaser  of  Save-A-
Lot,  could  result  in  a  material  liability,  the  Company  is  not  aware  of  any  matters  that  are  expected  to  result  in  a  material 
liability. The Company has recorded the fair value of the guarantee in the Consolidated Balance Sheets within Other long-term 
liabilities.

Other Contractual Commitments

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  enters  into  supply  contracts  to  purchase  products  for  resale,  and  service 
contracts for fixed asset and information technology systems. These contracts typically include either volume commitments or 
fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations. As of July 30, 2022, the Company 
had approximately $388 million of non-cancelable future purchase obligations, most of which will be paid and utilized in the 
ordinary course within one year.

Legal Proceedings

The  Company  is  one  of  dozens  of  companies  that  have  been  named  in  various  lawsuits  alleging  that  drug  manufacturers, 
retailers  and  distributors  contributed  to  the  national  opioid  epidemic.  Currently,  UNFI,  primarily  through  its  subsidiary, 
Advantage Logistics, is named in approximately 43 suits pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of 
Ohio  where  over  1,800  cases  have  been  consolidated  as  Multi-District  Litigation  (“MDL”).  In  accordance  with  the  Stock 
Purchase Agreement dated January 10, 2013, between New Albertson’s Inc. (“New Albertson’s”) and the Company (the “Stock 
Purchase Agreement”), New Albertson’s is defending and indemnifying UNFI in a majority of the cases under a reservation of 
rights as those cases relate to New Albertson’s pharmacies. In one of the MDL cases, MDL No. 2804 filed by The Blackfeet 
Tribe of the Blackfeet Indian Reservation, all defendants were ordered to Answer the Complaint, which UNFI did on July 26, 
2019.  To  date,  no  discovery  has  been  conducted  against  UNFI  in  any  of  the  actions.  UNFI  is  vigorously  defending  these 
matters, which it believes are without merit.

On  January  21,  2021,  various  health  plans  filed  a  complaint  in  Minnesota  state  court  against  the  Company,  Albertson’s 
Companies, LLC (“Albertson’s”) and Safeway, Inc. alleging the defendants committed fraud by improperly reporting inflated 
prices  for  prescription  drugs  for  members  of  health  plans.  The  Plaintiffs  assert  six  causes  of  action  against  the  defendants: 
common  law  fraud,  fraudulent  nondisclosure,  negligent  misrepresentation,  unjust  enrichment,  violation  of  the  Minnesota 
Uniform Deceptive Trade Practices Act and violation of the Minnesota Prevention of Consumer Fraud Act. The plaintiffs allege 
that  between  2006  and  2016,  Supervalu  overcharged  the  health  plans  by  not  providing  the  health  plans,  as  part  of  usual  and 
customary prices, the benefit of discounts given to customers purchasing prescription medication who requested that Supervalu 
match competitor prices. Plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of damages. Similar to the above case, for the majority of the 
relevant period Supervalu and Albertson’s operated as a combined company. In March 2013, Supervalu divested Albertson’s 
and pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, Albertson’s is responsible for any claims regarding its pharmacies. On February 
19,  2021,  Albertson’s  and  Safeway  removed  the  case  to  Minnesota  Federal  District  Court  and  on  March  22,  2021  plaintiffs’ 
filed a motion to remand to state court. On February 26, 2021, defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The hearing on the remand 
motion and motions to dismiss occurred on May 20, 2021. On September 21, 2021, the Federal District Court remanded the 
case to Minnesota state court and did not rule on the motion to dismiss, which was refiled in state court. On February 1, 2022, 
the state court denied the motion to dismiss. The Company believes these claims are without merit and intends to vigorously 
defend this matter.

100

 Table of Contents

UNFI  is  currently  subject  to  a  qui  tam  action  alleging  violations  of  the  False  Claims  Act  ("FCA").  In  United  States  ex  rel. 
Schutte  and  Yarberry  v.  Supervalu,  New  Albertson's,  Inc.,  et  al,  which  is  pending  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  Central 
District  of  Illinois,  the  relators  allege  that  defendants  overcharged  government  healthcare  programs  by  not  providing  the 
government,  as  a  part  of  usual  and  customary  prices,  the  benefit  of  discounts  given  to  customers  purchasing  prescription 
medication who requested that defendants match competitor prices. The complaint was originally filed under seal and amended 
on November 30, 2015. The government previously investigated the relators' allegations and declined to intervene. Violations 
of the FCA are subject to treble damages and penalties of up to a specified dollar amount per false claim. Relators elected to 
pursue the case on their own and have alleged FCA damages against Supervalu and New Albertson’s in excess of $100 million, 
not including trebling and statutory penalties. For the majority of the relevant period Supervalu and New Albertson’s operated 
as  a  combined  company.  In  March  2013,  Supervalu  divested  New  Albertson’s  (and  related  assets)  pursuant  to  the  Stock 
Purchase Agreement. Based on the claims that are currently pending and the Stock Purchase Agreement, Supervalu’s share of a 
potential  award  (at  the  currently  claimed  value  by  relators)  would  be  approximately  $24  million,  not  including  trebling  and 
statutory  penalties.  Both  sides  moved  for  summary  judgment.  On  August  5,  2019,  the  Court  granted  one  of  the  relators’ 
summary  judgment  motions  finding  that  the  defendants’  lower  matched  prices  are  the  usual  and  customary  prices  and  that 
Medicare  Part  D  and  Medicaid  were  entitled  to  those  prices.  On  July  2,  2020,  the  Court  granted  the  defendants’  summary 
judgment motion and denied the relators’ motion, dismissing the case. On July 9, 2020, the relators filed a notice of appeal with 
the 7th Circuit Court of Appeals, and on September 30, 2020 filed an appellate brief. On November 30, 2020, the Company 
filed its response. The hearing before the 7th Circuit Court of Appeals occurred on January 19, 2021. On August 12, 2021, the 
7th Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision granting summary judgment in defendants’ favor. On September 23, 2021, the 
Relators  filed  a  petition  for  rehearing  and  defendants  filed  a  response  on  November  9,  2021.  On  December  3,  2021,  the  7th 
Circuit denied the petition for rehearing. On April 1, 2022, the Relators filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United 
States Supreme Court. The Company filed its response on June 20, 2022.

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  receives  notice  of  claims  or  potential  claims  or  becomes  involved  in  litigation,  alternative 
dispute resolution, such as arbitration, or other legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business, 
including  investigations  and  claims  regarding  employment  law,  including  wage  and  hour  (including  class  actions);  pension 
plans;  labor  union  disputes,  including  unfair  labor  practices,  such  as  claims  for  back-pay  in  the  context  of  labor  contract 
negotiations and other matters; supplier, customer and service provider contract terms and claims, including matters related to 
supplier or customer insolvency or general inability to pay obligations as they become due; product liability claims, including 
those where the supplier may be insolvent and customers or consumers are seeking recovery against the Company; real estate 
and environmental matters, including claims in connection with its ownership and lease of a substantial amount of real property, 
both  retail  and  warehouse  properties;  and  antitrust.  Other  than  as  described  above,  there  are  no  pending  material  legal 
proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which its property is subject.

Predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating related costs and exposures involves substantial uncertainties 
that  could  cause  actual  outcomes,  costs  and  exposures  to  vary  materially  from  current  expectations.  Management  regularly 
monitors the Company’s exposure to the loss contingencies associated with these matters and may from time to time change its 
predictions with respect to outcomes and estimates with respect to related costs and exposures. As of July 30, 2022, no material 
accrued obligations, individually or in the aggregate, have been recorded for these legal proceedings.

Although  management  believes  it  has  made  appropriate  assessments  of  potential  and  contingent  loss  in  each  of  these  cases 
based on current facts and circumstances, and application of prevailing legal principles, there can be no assurance that material 
differences in actual outcomes from management’s current assessments, costs and exposures relative to current predictions and 
estimates, or material changes in such predictions or estimates will not occur. The occurrence of any of the foregoing, could 
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 18—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

In early fiscal 2022, the Company disposed of the last two remaining Shoppers locations that were classified in discontinued 
operations. In fiscal 2020, the Company entered into agreements to sell 13 Shoppers stores and decided to close six locations. 
During fiscal 2020, the Company incurred approximately $31 million in pre-tax aggregate costs and charges related to Shoppers 
stores  that  remained  within  discontinued  operations,  consisting  of  $25  million  of  operating  losses,  severance  costs  and 
transaction  costs  during  the  period  of  wind-down  and  $6  million  of  property  and  equipment  impairment  charges  related  to 
impairment reviews.

101

 Table of Contents

Operating results of discontinued operations are summarized below:

(in millions)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Restructuring expenses and charges
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
Benefit for income taxes
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

2021

2020

42  $ 
28 
14 
9 
— 
5 
(1)   
6  $ 

184 
131 
53 
43 
33 
(23) 
(5) 
(18) 

$ 

$ 

No  net  sales  were  recorded  within  continuing  operations  for  retail  stores  within  discontinued  operations  that  the  Company 
disposed  of  and  expects  to  dispose  of  without  a  supply  agreement.  These  net  sales  have  been  eliminated  upon  consolidation 
within the Wholesale segment of continuing operations and amounted to $22 million and $97 million in fiscal, 2021 and 2020, 
respectively.

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities that were classified as held-for-
sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

(in millions)
Current assets
    Inventories, net
          Total current assets of discontinued operations
Long-term assets
    Property and equipment
    Other long-term assets
          Total long-term assets of discontinued operations
Total assets of discontinued operations

Current liabilities
    Accounts payable
    Accrued compensation and benefits
          Total current liabilities of discontinued operations
Total liabilities of discontinued operations
Net liabilities of discontinued operations

July 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2 
2 

1 
1 
2 
4 

2 
2 
4 
4 
— 

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial  Officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (the “Evaluation 
Date”). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation 
Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal 
control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process 
designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of 
Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and 
includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of our assets;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 
of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2022. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by 
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  the  Internal  Control-Integrated 
Framework  (2013  framework).  Based  on  its  assessment,  our  management  concluded  that,  as  of  July  30,  2022,  our  internal 
control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria at the reasonable assurance level.

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  30,  2022  has  been  audited  by  KPMG  LLP,  an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report which is included in Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)or 15d-15(f)) 
occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2022 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our 
internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

103

 Table of Contents

ITEM 9C.    DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 

Not applicable.

104

 Table of Contents

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III.

The information required by this item will be contained, in part, in our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for our 
Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  to  be  held  on  January  10,  2023  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  captions  “Directors  and 
Nominees for Director,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” if applicable, “Committees 
of the Board of Directors,” “Nomination of Directors,” and “Stockholder Director Recommendations and Proxy Access” and is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  conduct  and  ethics  that  applies  to  all  employees,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer.  Our  code  of  conduct  and  ethics  is  publicly  available  on  our  website  at 
www.unfi.com and is available free of charge by writing to United Natural Foods, Inc., 11840 Valley View Road, Eden Prairie, 
MN 55344, Attn: Investor Relations. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers 
of, the provisions of the code of conduct and ethics on our website at www.unfi.com. Please note that our website address is 
provided as an inactive textual reference only.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Director Compensation,” 
“Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation Tables,” “Potential Payments 
Upon Termination or Change-in-Control,” “CEO Pay Ratio,” “Compensation Risk,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and 
Insider Participation” and “Report of the Compensation Committee” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM  12.        SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  and  “Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  Under  Equity  Compensation  Plans”  and  is 
incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and 
Related Transactions” and “Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Fees Paid to KPMG LLP” 
and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services,” and is incorporated herein by 
this reference.

105

 Table of Contents

PART IV.

ITEM 15.    EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)1.

Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)2.

(a)3.&(b)

Exhibit No.
2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1**

10.2**

10.3**

10.4**

10.5**

10.6**

10.7**

10.8+

10.9

Financial Statement Schedules:
All schedules have been omitted because they are either not required or the information required is included 
in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in Item 8 hereof.
Exhibits: 

Description
Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  July  25,  2018,  by  and  among  SUPERVALU  INC.,  SUPERVALU 
Enterprises, Inc., the Registrant and Jedi Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 26, 2018).
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2018, by and among United Natural 
Foods,  Inc.,  Jedi  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,  SUPERVALU  INC.  and  SUPERVALU  Enterprises,  Inc.  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 10, 2018).
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (restated for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated 
by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 1, 2015).
Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 19, 2018).
Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Registrant (incorporated by reference 
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 1, 2009).
Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 3, 2019).
United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 21, 2010).
Form  of  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement,  pursuant  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  2004  Equity 
Incentive Plan (Employee) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended July 28, 2012).
United  Natural  Foods,  Inc.  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2012) (the “2012 Equity Plan”).
Form  of  Terms  and  Conditions  of  Grant  of  Non-Statutory  Stock  Options  to  Employee,  pursuant  to  the  2012 
Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
January 26, 2013).
Form of Terms and Conditions of Grant of Non-Statutory Stock Options to Director, pursuant to the 2012 Equity 
Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
January 26, 2013).
United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
held on December 16, 2015) (the “A&R 2012 Equity Plan”).
Revised  Form  Indemnification  Agreement  for  Directors  and  Officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 3, 2013).
Agreement for the Distribution of Products between the Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc., 
effective September 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended October 31, 2015).
First Amendment to Agreement for Distribution of Products, dated as of March 3, 2021, by and among the 
Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 4, 2021).

106

 Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
10.10**

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16**

10.17**

10.18**

10.19**

10.20**

10.21**

10.22**

10.23

10.24**

10.25**

10.26**

10.27**

10.28**

10.29**

Description
Form  of  Terms  and  Conditions  of  Grant  of  Restricted  Share  Units  to  Employee  pursuant  to  the  A&R  2012 
Equity Plan. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 
29, 2017).
Loan Agreement, dated June 3, 2022, by and among the Registrant, UNFI Canada, Inc., the financial institutions 
that  are  parties  thereto  as  lenders,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  and  the  other  parties  thereto 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  April  30, 
2022).
Term Loan Agreement, dated October 22, 2018, by and among United Natural Foods, Inc., SUPERVALU INC., 
Goldman  Sachs  Bank  USA  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2018).
Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2021, by and among the Registrant and 
SUPERVALU INC., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the other lender 
parties  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended January 30, 2021).
Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2021, by and among the Registrant and 
SUPERVALU INC., CreditSuisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and the other lender parties thereto (incorporated 
by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2021).
Amendment No. 3 to Term Loan Agreement, dated June 3, 2022, by and among the Registrant and 
SUPERVALU INC., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and the other lender parties thereto 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 
2022).
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2018 and effective as of October 22, 
2018,  by  and  among  United  Natural  Foods,  Inc.  and  Steven  L.  Spinner  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018).
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2020, by and between 
the Registrant and Steven L. Spinner (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended February 1, 2020).
Second  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  9,  2021,  by  and 
between the Registrant and Steven L. Spinner (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021).
Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Severance  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 29, 2019).
Form  of  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Change  in  Control  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018).
Terms and Conditions of Grant of Restricted Share Units pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated 2012 
Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 8, 2018).
Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018).
Indenture, dated October 22, 2020, among the Registrant, its subsidiary guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank 
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed 
on October 26, 2020).
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2015, by and among SUPERVALU INC. 
and  Michael  Stigers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended January 30, 2021).
Transition  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  22,  2018,  by  and  among  the  Registrant,  SUPERVALU  INC.  and 
Michael  Stigers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended January 30, 2021).
First  Amendment  to  Transition  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  27,  2019,  by  and  among  the  Registrant, 
SUPERVALU  INC.  and  Michael  Stigers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021).
Second  Amendment  to  Transition  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  12,  2020,  by  and  among  the  Registrant, 
SUPERVALU  INC.  and  Michael  Stigers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021).
Third  Amendment  to  Transition  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  9,  2021,  by  and  among  the  Registrant, 
SUPERVALU  INC.  and  Michael  Stigers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021).
CEO  Severance  Agreement,  dated  effective  August  9,  2021,  between  the  Registrant  and  J.  Alexander  Miller 
Douglas (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 
2021).

107

 Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
10.30**

10.31**

10.32**

10.33**

10.34**

10.35**

10.36**

10.37**

10.38*

10.39**

10.40**

10.41**

10.42**

Description
CEO  Change  in  Control  Agreement,  dated  effective  August  9,  2021,  between  the  Registrant  and  J.  Alexander 
Miller Douglas (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
July 31, 2021).
CEO  Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  effective  August  9,  2021,  between  the  Registrant  and  J.  Alexander 
Miller Douglas (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
July 31, 2021).
Form of RSU Award Agreement (CEO) pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity 
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended October 30, 2021).
Form of PSU Award Agreement (CEO) pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity 
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended October 30, 2021).
Form of Inducement RSU Award Agreement (CEO) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2021).
Form of Inducement PSU Award Agreement (CEO) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2021).
Waiver and Release Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Jill E. Sutton (incorporated by reference to 
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 29, 2022).
Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to 
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2021).
Form of RSU Award Agreement pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  May  1, 
2021).
Form of PSU Award Agreement pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  May  1, 
2021).
Form of Inducement RSU Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021).
Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) pursuant to the Registrant’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (for grants 
made beginning March 2020) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended February 1, 2020).
United  Natural  Foods,  Inc.  Annual  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2020).

10.43* ** United Natural Foods, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, as further amended, effective as of September 22, 2022.
10.44* **
10.45* **
21*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*

Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, effective as of October 23, 2022.
Consulting Agreement, effective as of October 31, 2022, by and among the Registrant and Eric Dorne.
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
The following materials from the United Natural Foods, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended  July  30,  2022,  formatted  in  Inline  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive 
Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and 
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The cover page from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 30, 2022, filed with 
the SEC on September 27, 2022, formatted in Inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101).

32.2*

101*

104

* Filed herewith.

** Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+ Confidential treatment has been requested and granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Omitted  portions  have  been  filed  separately  with  the  United  States 
Securities and Exchange Commission.

108

 Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

109

 Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Dated: September 27, 2022

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 

Title

Officer) and Director

J. Alexander Miller Douglas

/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD

John W. Howard

/s/ R. ERIC ESPER

R. Eric Esper

/s/ JACK L. STAHL

Jack L. Stahl

/s/ ERIC F. ARTZ

Eric F. Artz

/s/ ANN TORRE BATES

Ann Torre Bates

/s/ GLORIA R. BOYLAND

Gloria R. Boyland

/s/ DENISE M. CLARK

Denise M. Clark

/s/ DAPHNE J. DUFRESNE

Daphne J. Dufresne

/s/ MICHAEL S. FUNK

Michael S. Funk

/s/ JAMES L. MUEHLBAUER

James L. Muehlbauer

/s/ PETER A. ROY

Peter A. Roy

/s/ MOHAMMAD SHAMIM

Mohammad Shamim

Date
September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 
Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting 
Officer)

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

September 27, 2022

Chairman

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

110

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, J. Alexander Miller Douglas, certify that:

Exhibit 31.1

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in 
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 27, 2022 

/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS
J. Alexander Miller Douglas
Chief Executive Officer

Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and 
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John W. Howard, certify that:

Exhibit 31.2

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in 
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 27, 2022 

/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer

Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and 
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Executive Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
(the "Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2022 
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information 
contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.1

/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS
J. Alexander Miller Douglas
Chief Executive Officer

  September 27, 2022

Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and 
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2022 
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information 
contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.

/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer

  September 27, 2022

Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and 
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.